Aerodynamics of Wings and Bodies HOLT ASHLBY Deparment of Aeronatin and Asrnanticn Masachuee Intute of Tecan MARTEN LANDAHL Deparment of Aeroavic and Asronantcn Mateachacte Inte of Tehnalopy - vwcoro © 1085 Aadinon Wesley Publishing Company, In Prin i the Unie Sof America A it rere. Think of pat ther, {nay tot be rprduced ina form toa! ‘Tite perininf he pls itary f Congres Cally Cr 85-1008 ‘Adation-Wenlay Publishing Company. Ine. READING, MASSACHUSETTS: Palo Alto - Landon 000 0 go ov d Preface ‘The manutp of tie book be gradually ened frm tare mts fora tovterm suse posented by th author to raat sens inte AT Deparment of Aeron ad Anonai We tara tn oe oleae onc lst the evn eter of cual" eoayoamin ther {fl background for the pate of ot pai andthe foto for crrntly vial eer problemete agora oat of the scent car fia by competition fo sich iy topn at hsp Bs mechani, beat trate, aonegilonusphetoneas, and ngpetoasiyanin We Sought a chaeoe tothe entra of adorn sant wth Get ‘ermtation tonard setifis, aad the comprehensive een ne ompany an vanced polt of wew Ou inital er tha ein mathemati omolestis might submerge phyral understand, o bare het ‘tet of the tenia fo een appientin,sow sens Urea ‘Te coun bs ben welled for thee ear and thas mae nto Imguet on graduate rove no eprint ‘We arable toferatextiok fh a cells mt ts pete tet, ‘We hve ted to key itshr. Problems and extended pineal deem ios te omit in the nee of trey Me ble tat teat whe sys the pater of resentation sappmard hee may fod sting ‘devon hi ovn example” avo oer hope that moving engine with 3 ed for thereto oder eredpnaie aath nod nlp to ep ‘Se anny tins wil derive comeing of ae “Ter eo shrtage af sks trae ters 0 et pin ote threads which mk this oor ceiny diet and yesbly a poses Theft the realist sha the Method of mahedmympoteepasoa, developed yma by Kaglan td Lagromy pods sung ame {or intodciog the tundeyrnue ystems of external fw ove thi es ‘bes Not aay an unaoidabe eeu nor the een itedurton {o's new ie, this method nererthlon rend the wens pate ith 9 Dower and open-ended wera that are starting, Fo staan rent ft elie by Predict aren tsrmate, sien eapeaton of Mingle theory the on apyrench ff Mad hich we hawt pe ‘very approximate evelopment cari along this arene opie he Fonibilty of movements to aclade the pherader eset of tstne=, ‘Ste of auch ona mal preter characesing the poem, ‘ur sean lanvation sto entrar the mperact re ofthe highspeed compute In nrvaamice Asus thendrm sltoa for spe fa ‘aedel re crtainlyinvlbeJor asi an snderstanding of the pel ed mathe! scare of polem Hloverey rely ree ely ‘plato paca werynanieeniguainy For sth, be wally ts fo ‘ort to voe apgroimate ot hus scene Theoret pediton te ‘reominginerensayy important avs praca! ol spolmating wine ‘eatreent in pst fo Ue purpose of esta opting ‘vantage of te gin tobe ale, for eam, by eplpig ae leform shapes or cmb dst, fom iginaiv we of wing-bodyiter- ference option of complied malsiane iting uty tet we ne, ‘ccna, eto sve adogntepasinece to lech’ fr log son which ar beyond the more sean sonal sens "ise meal seman ‘The plan of preentation begin wih short review of endamenay, owed by lt chapter on ini, tat dency ow, wiih pos Th {peal charter ofthat sng divin of oa uber! where the Set el ‘Mleeatial esto i Hosa Chapler 3 intrsces be mand See ‘xputsins, tape oon situation where py undetaniing aed ‘nih isimam fay. Chapter tare te eer ana the ee, ‘2 pena for necting vist, and a nts he Rap Lepees tlhe in ta most powerful apleason. “Thin nolsin to dames net leader odes are then analy ‘Tivo dinemona iting masa Sn zeny, proteding tom low obit fight spec a foes cle oe ‘entero to mera! ntertig sate Chaps 1 tana the per {cl tpi of ead tens tom, and he tok ende ih See ‘attend motion of wings. Only herr math, homens fe Ineo deans Aboueh we claeyealabortd on al part ofthe bon, the repenilty far he aia prearton ellen Maren Landa or Chapes 8 ey, 40, sd 1, and on Boe Aly for Chapin 7. ya Te eis ‘our of Wades in departmental cous IB and 18072 erste ‘alunble edbck tothe qty f the ming an ecu fe eel ‘at, bot any fa hich oman a tte teas We reogie the generar sutase fume Ten an calla in ‘wining this poet to ruitonPatenor Mion Von o ianee Ua sees and Arold Ruth ofthe Universi of Michigan mot gly wos grt thepeultinte raft Thee wee narrotsdaratons i seo arian, amoog thr Prfewre Shtsmil Ober, Bit NebtsChrtence aden tron Saat Abba, tod Garabrd Zeta, Den Bihan eps ‘2d Shan Wiel ated with preliminary masuergt preparation sod toe om example. nvauable hel) ma ven In he al tages by Dr Sey Kecoryal with th potening and vast wngestins er inprvenen ‘The ar wal of Addie Pubhig Corpany dew an engl ot a fol Sze yp aod repeodoctin af te manseit wee sill te by Mn. Thidate Cl, Bm Katrine Cay Mie Leda Far ey Robin Leadete, ai Miss Ruth Alec; ne neste eperetion of ‘Miss Anes devoted fort omar compiting the fal ein ne ying eunstances. Final, we wiht acknwige he cupport te Fed Posse tio, “The preparton othe nts on ich Wok based wes erg 's pa by s ant made tothe Bleach Iie of Tekan bythe Ford Foundation for th purpose of akg in the impovement of ecg Contrige, Momeckuats oy oy 08 oe 131 Goa mg dBase iia Ein 1.2, Some Gener Kiama Propo ibe Vai Fld 1-8 Vortex Theorems forthe Ideal Fluid 125 Intel Conran Thor or asin Pid 12 atonal Flow 18 The Aceceraton Potential : Socmenneeeensrion 24 aon Deacons tom Lappe Baus ef Hoe 24 Blame of Teo and He Dimes Pv ths Greate 2-4 amp of ContantDenty Fone Ware Cesatin Stay De Garersted 2.0 TeoDinensoml, ‘Coetant-Dewity Fw: Pandaneetal 2410 ee Denon Congas lw Cntr ene formations ead Te Use 2-11 The Rata Condon and Ait 3. Singular Perturbation Probleme 31 Iioducton 3-2 Twain ie § Small Parameter; Single Poarstion Prem Letonte of Vieootty 41 traci $2 Gualtane BtectctVnaity 43 Boundary Layer ena Fiat Pate % 6 6 B5-2 Espunion Proedare fr te Equation of Nin 53 Thi Aisin Incompremible Pow ‘54 Thin Alo in Sperone Flow Stender ody Theory 641 troduction 5-2, pansion Proce for Axteyminetie Fam {3 Sluts for Sitsone and Seperale lame 1 Geral Sender By 65. Beample of iting Sadetoy Pi 5-0 The Prawre Drago Sender Bay in Specs Fos 8-7 Trasverse Pores ad Moment ona Slender Boy ‘Taree-Dimenaional Wings im Standy, Subeonte Flow 7-1 Comresibiity Cartes or Wings $2 Conant-Deoity Tw; the Ticks Prbien 13 Gonstan-Danity Pow! the Lifting Problem 1-4 Ling ine Psy 15 More eed Tove of iting Lise Typo ‘Thais of Ling Serre Type 841 Introduction 82 Nonitie Wings aking Wing f Spe Pao ‘Te Method of Evrard and Kraasbehiova Covi Fim Numer Taegan Stems “Aopen Seton +9. Deeg d Supertnte Speeds 2-1 troduction akan of Supersonic Dag by Ue tMomsat Tears Drago «Lina Source Druin Optimum Sipe of» Seer Holy af Revlon ago Ges Soure Dicsbstion Mayer Mat [sds to Inule Lit and Side Fore Bans ‘The Soper Aree le ‘Drag Doe itt 13 0 ma ue i {Uae of Flow Revere Theremin Drag Mlntonlantion 104 Inrotucton 102 Drag a's Genel Soguaity Dsibtion om a "tne™ ‘The Brag ve it in Fora st eine ‘The Dat Duelo Thsknen n Forward and Revere Flows ‘The Dag als Goal Dictator of Segue Sy Eupenol Pred or Revene Fors ‘The Combined ow Fad Us ofthe Contin! Flow Faldo deay Aim Drag Condom ‘he Callin ofits Drag by Sito ofa Ea {es Too Dimes Patel Felon 03 ies wos wos wt Interterenee and Nonplanar Lifting Surtees Theoriee Intadeton Tater Noni Ling Sic is Subenic Fw Spal Cae ab Nate Slton sop Tntefig Sra ie Stsanie Fw ‘Nealanar Ling Sure Sapecone Foe Intedton al Peretti Few Equations Metis of Soutine Unenty Flow 13-1, Statement ofthe Prem 19-2 TworDimeanonal, Contant-Deasicy Bow 15-3. Atos Owing st Seperate and Subeonie Spode 1-4 Indl Noten Compre Fld 1355 Three Dinenna! Orciiating Wings Lt ot Symbols ire Cece ‘To Margit and Frannie, ‘Two Beautiful Ladies With More Patience Than We Deserve Review of Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 1-1 General Assumptions and Base Diferetial Equations Four general esumptlons regarding the properties ofthe liquids and ses tht form the subject af tha book ar made and renin throughout ‘xcept in one or two epi developments (1) the fide eontinaun; (2) it isin and adit; (G) itis cither a pret gas ora constant-density fai (@) discotnut, sch as shoks, compreson and expansion waves or vorter sets, may be present but wil sormally be eae a poet tnd wee ax Brdarica oy continuous portions ofthe Now Bl ‘The laws of motion ofthe fd wil be found devved in any fundamental text on hydrodyeamin armas dynamics Lam (1943, Mine-Thompe (4910, c€ Shapiro (1959) are ged examples The diferent equations Thich apply the Basi Ines of physic to this situation are the flowing” 1. Continty Equation or Law of Conseretion of Mats 0. (90)= Borge Bo vo = Baer on shore p,pyand Tate static prewar, density, and absolute tmpertue, Qe use 2) Is the velocity vector of fui pasteles. Here and in ther, pad e-etions of Cartesian cordate ponents of any vector maybe then in the divection of whatever se of ‘rordinaes net convenient forthe poem at band 4S Notte Lit for mening of symbol whieh ar nt dened lcaly inet fhe loin, BB dete rte canPop yr pee for bate tes feuans 2. Newton's ftion orth = Second Law of Me the Lew of Consereation of Bet, wa hore F i the ditantacting or body fre pee unit mass, ve 1 oF ody force ps Often we can Povo, a there is the potential of the force fd. Far gravity fed near the Surface of planet ith th furfac of a ocly plane planet withthe secrdinate taken upon, oe Pa oe a= ~e, 9 being the grvitatons! acceleration onsen. 4 Law of Conseroton of Thermodynamic Energy (Adiabatic Fluid) Be]--220 120 uw a ere «ithe internal eneray peru nd er unit mas, and represents the absolute magnitude ofthe velocity vector Q, a symblim which wil be adopted nlorny in what fle, By itodocng the lw of sntnuy soe nton of enthaey, = e+ ip, we ean medi (8) toe D Ble F]-2ire a orto lw canbe und in combintion withthe ond ination withthe second lw fem dbname he eration fey tt ae Gag en . os ahere oi thy entropy per unit mass, It mst be emg ‘must be emphases that none the fresing equations, (1-8) in pariouar, can be applied thease fete dicontinity in the fow ld such na sock It an ade at zesoqunoe ofthe tocnd law that ihrough an adiabatic ahotk scan on 4, Equations of State Pore perot ga, P= ROT, hermally peter na Ses contents, —calcoly petect ma, 8) A Neormenion ute roe L mwonborre to 8s or constant density Sui or ncomprsibie guid, = content. 10) In (0-0), ¢p and ar, ofcourse, the spec hete at constant prearure ind constant volute, repetivly in most camel gardyeamic theory, they sppenr ony in terms of thet ratio Y ~ cyey. ‘The eoelat-deneity sssumption is used in two distinct eoatnte Fit, fr Bow of liquide, 5s wellknown tobe an exelent approsimaton under any reumatanees 1 practia! importance, inthe abzeee of cavitation. ‘Tere are, eevee ‘nang stations nn compres ae whee srs ror eal uc sea low submis Hight speeds forthe exteroal Row over array the Bigh-denity hock lager ahead of blunt body in yperoni Might and in the crn eld pat x seer bey performing longitudinal or lateral ‘rotons na ubwonie, tramonie, of low supersonic stream 1-2 Conservation Laws for a Bartropie Pid n'a Conservative Body Force ied Unser the limitations of the present seein, i i ety wen thatthe law of conservation of momentum, (1-3), ean be weten Barh-f8} oa ‘The term “barctrope” implica unique presune-density relation through- Cut the etre How 6nd; ashatie reverse o entropic ow ithe met Important special eae. Ar we shall sn (I-11) ean often be integrated {yield «well relation among the quantities presure,vlolty, dant, te, that hols throughout the ent ow. ‘Another consent of barotopy isa simplieatio of Kelvin theorem of the rate of change of celaton ard path C always composed of the aume set of fui particles, As sown in elementary textbooks, ti oneequene ofthe equations of motion fr ivi id in comervative ody orn Bi hat wre ff na 2) orf Po f ra, oH ref ot cay) where nthe cieuation or loved ine integral ofthe tangential exmponent of the velocity vetor Under the present limitations, we see thatthe mide ‘member of (112) ie the intgrl oft ingevalued psfst diferent And therefor must vanish. Hence we have the rult DI/D! = O forall,M4 tanec br renulieneadl oF riche wecbicr fous. ‘ch fd pth, which mean thatthe cclation is preva Tn pare esas i the etulation around n path is nly senile fermin a0. ‘The same rent holds in conatant-deaiy Aud where whe ‘tant pin the denominator ean be taken ease Darts dierent this a tue eegardese of what eatnptone oe ei About the thermodynamic behavior! the fi [Next we specials forthe velostyvetor@ two integral theorma which ‘ald for any suitably continuous and diferente vst beh 4. Gaus Divergence Theorem. Consier any vou Vente within he Feld encloed by single lowed bounding surace& asin age forse Ifo-ow oa {me interesting deduction rom Gaus theorem are lat In Soctog 2 6 ‘The theorem relates the tendency of the eld lines to diverge a ‘out within te volume V, tthe et ef of thee ine foe teasers ef. Ts might therefore be deseribed ax an equation of contin ord Ties 2, Stoke! Theorem on Rotation. Now we consider «cowed curve ¢ tf the sor employed in (1-12) and (1-1), except thatthe pro eae 's instantaneous wo tht here i no question of & moviag path eomeang ofthe same pats, Let be any open stface whith ee the sr ‘is boundary, an iasteated in Fig. 1-2. ‘The theorem tfers to te ‘ireultion area the eve end weade. FPG ffeexods coin Here vxQer ca) {scaled the vorticity and canbe shown tobe equal to twice the angular act of id parle about an asi through ite wm ented Th Ueore connec the spinning tendeney ofthe parte ing aace rth the ssnined inclination ofthe Ruld a the boundary ofS occas none diction othe oer, Setionh 230 and 2 of Nine eens (0960) provide «derivation anda number of alerantive fr, ' Bn ereetew whaw rns 1-4] ISoErENDeseE oF soabe WW 1M oY Fro, 1-1. Pit contol wsne YF. 1-2. Open auc § hosed br ‘Sel e's toe sty Spans seh ee Sinead a Srtos indeed) ‘a 14 The Independence of Seale in Invtid Flows ‘Consider two bodies of dentia hape, but diferent sae, chartered by the repetaie gti dy ming ih ane ety hth oo stn mane he evi Sei Thismtin n rere byte ferent eatin ene mein Itt orig boundary cmon (1) duno a Init, (@) Qa = Quem st corenpding pints om the two sua bing the normal dicted into the Hu a 1-8. To bate irene tential sape an motions Wo fret trot the cate of «steady flow which has go on for long erod of time no the ll derivatives with reapet to vanish. We eat . he fa at nig ma wont tn Rertrna Carioeainn ng We on rat iw Oy anal hy et ‘hectare So? tee yO or Werte tr aero eto gern to tro sr ees ‘nl te lloing amo able in nn, ally = lly maths am in the second ose, ote eel) y= vileee oF rovouwnsats oF eto mrcuasien fens. 1 In th dines coordinate yt he to boi ar congrent tach other. Moreover, the diferent eqaton became ent Te i for insta, eontimty rey the Sec, 20), ov) MADD 4 180) 19 sd inthe mond ene, 2000) , av) 2) 4 aY) 4 aay ai Oey sa ll to conte, muming oly unique, tha the twp fawn {iden exg forsale" Veo, gre properten Sal i punen variables areca at eoeponing ite ke oa Sel "Thiv in elt whith serany sos rena oe primes, 7 ae st of ‘eesng can be extended to unten Nowe scaling time in proportion to length: so ee Hes muh, am ally thy, (aH) #2= lly n= lly te = ally t= Ul, (1-2) in the two cave. With regard to boundary conditions, t mist also be specif tat ove all time Qu) in the et cane and Qu) ae Sdetiad Eve, male oo diferace what he va sl of nt fo mat lows tren al ove ack ad on ee Aly fom dnt! to ines qc aad tine ene ‘using the same symbols for both. A related simplifcation, which is often cotcntrl inte terry cc of wag at he eye iy lng, le taken a nity hgh het See meat the tte li then abe hy taney ie Rennes ‘unity an well ea ‘One inportan raring th intoetion of want od anit ad at conde {inn ean ur taining mend dear ie aoe eee ‘nd conical of heat odcty to ape n eon of te feat ecuation. When dimetsonlas varies ae interes k eynl number ahd py te Pan umber app ant {1 should te note tat moe parameter ar intr acct te hat mre prance ar teed eno ler Aigint of Ge etendence va stat of ay etic enh et Porororoponoarog voRrEE mioREws YOR TH Soest nD 7 parameters in thee equations, spoiling the above-described similarity. ‘The to lows wll no longs brense the Reynolds numbers are die- ‘eat inthe two eaten Even in nvinid fom the appearence of relation ‘roffite reaction rates nodes an adional lengths that destroy the similarity. It ie ealatactry, however for rel eux hich remaine ‘ther in chemical equirum o¢ ia the oven” condtlon thermody areal. shock waves and/or vortex wakes are present i the felt can be reasoned without diffeulty that they alo ele in the same manne asa Flow without dsontnsiten An ellen acon of thin whole subject ‘of invarianes to sale chang wll be found in Section 22 of Hayes and Protein (1050) Finally, st might be observed that dierenceebeeween ‘he tm fom in the ambient ate of the fad at ifn, sch as the pre se, density, and temperature there, may ako be inl inthe scaling by refering the appropriate state variables to there reference sales ‘The Math numbers in the two Hows must then be the ame Vorte Theorems fo the Ideal Fld In conneton withthe study of wing wakes, separation, and related phenomena, i eof value to study the propertic of the Gd vortty | ector ,(1216). The reader aumed toe feline with mayo deer ing the feld ofthe velocity veetor Q and withthe eonept ofa nan taneous pattern of streamlines, drawn ata gven tne, everrehere tangent ta thie vetor A elated ide is the “tram abe," defined ob a bundle of streamline sufiently small that property variations acre «nor fection are peglgile by eomparson with varstion long the Ingth of the tue Simiar concepts can be defied for any eter octor fl 0 patiule the fed off Ths one ied to the ie of a vortex Tine adm ‘vortex tobe, che arr log such in and tes eng dete acorn to the right-hand vl of spn of Bud parte Because £ is the cal of another veeor the Sld of voter lines hax certain proper that not all vector fede pent. Two of these are ‘enti by the rst two vortex torn of Helaits. ARhmgh thee thores wl be stated forthe vortety eld, they are prey rate Sn natre and are unrelated in any way tothe physics or dyzaien of the Aid, or ween fo the requement of eotinty of mass 41. Firat Vortex Theorem, ‘The creation around a given vortex tobe (Csiength of thevortex) is the same everyhare al its lng ‘This result cane proved in variety af ways, one simple sppeeach ‘ning fo apply Stoke’ teorem toa closed path nthe surface of he vortex {be eonstreted sx nda in Fig 1-418 Veer or roxbusexsate or rato waciunics | foul 1 a Ley Recon 8B 14. Tw era ection ea rte be [Se tar to (1-15) and chow for 8 the cylin! surface Iying in a allo the tube, Obriouly, no vores tins ew 500 tat Be moxg) =o 29 ese the ialaon F around the whole ofthe curve C vanthes By ‘examining ti lear that O= T= Ty ~P4+ (two pices which earel each othe). (4-24) Hoos P4 = Fn. Sections A and B ean be chosen arizrly, however, to te eirultion around thevortex athe sare a al ection” Incidentally, the culation around the tube almayr equals {fa Fa, thee the itera in aken over any mace whieh eat taro the ase bt dow not interme any her vortex line. Tt enn be eonladed that ins integral has the sume value rate ofthe oventatnn ofthe tee et {os through the tube. ‘A phil interpretation it thatthe mech oy {ore lines which gp to make up the tube, o bundle, is everywhere the 2 Second Vorter Theorem. i vortex abe can never end in the fd, "wu must love onto ital end at «Boundary or goto bay, Bxample ofthe three kinds of behavior mertoned i this iorem are ‘.aoke tng a vortex bound toa two-dimensional all mening see vEao. 25 ‘Whe this reli neta into Gas’ theorem, (1-14), we se that jst ‘a many vortex ines mut entr any cles race weve Poroproroporoaoa a YORTER TOMES FoR THe HEAL PTD 4 ‘Thee i usefal mathematin analogy between the fel and that of the magnetic induction vector B."The later ste one of the tase Maxwell equntions, vB 29 Althouth no such analogy generally eit with the fui velocity vector ‘es itdoe co when the density constant, which simple th atin euaion to FQ=0. azn “ene, flow streamlines cannot ead, and the volume Aux throgh any ‘ecton the ame as that through anyother setng ata given insta of time. One may examine in the ame Ut the fil of tae of the tor 90 ina ety compres fw. 2 Third Vortex Theorem. We now proved to drive the third vorten hoorem, which i connected with the dyed! propertie f the fs Falowing Miln-Thompeon (180, Seton 339, we star from the vector entity aroma iirE—oxr aan Te mon ike he tf (2, ming ht he 4 ont ee Beene Beo— rex cam ‘The operations WX and 2/0 can be interchanged, so thatthe firs term ‘on the ight becomes f/at. Fo any tn vestry A ad B, PX(AXB) = BDA — (AB BEA) +ACE-B). C90) Henee PXOXH=G-MO-@-E— HQ +0. GoD Subatitting into (1-2), weave be Pxa= BE OMELET O) ay So far, our rm are purely kinematical. We net introduce the con. servation of mass, (11), second ie ee or re) vom she spi 3) ma ea a BO-C)erg oanLe 30“ amnw or rouneerie oF uo wecwAieR fom. 1 Under the pei conditions behind (1-11, aia the radia of another tor and ita curl vanishes. Thus fr inva, barotropic Bald nee servative boy force fed the foregoing result res ve BO -(bs)e os ‘This lan ie what in only Known athe thicd vortex theorem of Helm ali. In Ue continu sense, ita a equation of conserve of gay ‘omentum, If the specie eiopy vat warm Sought te a, ‘one can determine from a combination of yal and thecmatne ‘omideraton that xem Px (rr, (138) [Wen inserted into (1-3), this damceatrates the rl of entropy gradient ‘in generating engulat momentum, «rout which soften naodated eae the name of Croeo To examine the implications ofthe thin vortex theorem, me thal ook sre pelea, in inrensing order of compenty Fiat sonra ‘ntlly imotational fw, supposing that at all times previous to see vn instant f = 0 forall uid parte, Toth abacnen of tnglanins 0 isontinats iin poole to Wet for thin initial tan, aig (16), 5Q-B QE Qe am Sine the quantity f/o san analyte fenton of epace ad tne, Taylor's {eorem shows that i vanishes at all subequentistante of tines Nese the vorticity vctr ie in sre We can nae thet an initaly te tional inv, barotropic Now with a body Toren potential vik sr, ‘rotational, This rel can ls be proved ty combination of Kevan tnd Stoke theorems, (1-12) and (1-19) Next examine a rotations but two-dimensional ow. Here the vortisity ‘ector points in a dietion normal tothe pane of ow, but deeatives ofthe velocity @ in this dietion mus ani, We therefore obtale (=o om (ce more hy Taylors theorem, f/p emaina constant. ‘This equivalent fo the satement thatthe angula momentum of Mui patie of feed mas about an axi through its own center of gravity rena indopndind time. In incomprenible liquid it edo tothe invarans of sree ‘taf oloiog the Ad 0:0 00 0 g vg 0” 8) YoRTEX TEENS FoR THE HDRAL PID For our third emmple me turn to three-dimesionl rotational ow ‘Let us consider an infntenizal Tine element de which moves with the Mad A which at some instant of time i parallel tothe velar f/p. That i, ane, (39) Inhere ei mall salt factor. Since the ie lament in attached to the ‘id parties the motion of one end relative to the other i Sterne by the diflesnee in Q between then ends. ‘Taking the s-ompooest, for au aM eal ane. oa ee ww Comparing this lat reel with the tind vortex there, (1-95), we are led to D Bowe ~ ae In gover, D Bes = omy oe coat, a4 1 flow tat (1-50) bold for al mre instant of tne, andthe ‘ect F/p moves inthe same wy the fd partis da thre dners The ropernaly ofthe ngth fx smal i eat tothe quantity {io can be interpre in terme of eomervation falar moet a the fling vay As imple by (1-9, this feng dete lg he ‘sh of min, Hone ithe length nec, the element el wil sea initiator imerin, an sae of pn mur ices node oc serve aut momentum Tobe pe, the quit f/p hat neh {pr ben nr omen dh pr Inv vlc for vale deoritypartl, bt wl res athe det ince, the density beings menue Bom sr a he Rd pra Sfotr abot the pi a. = For ent if hwy tal ond io be proportional othe length of the fd partie In gre we ean see veri rer ined ha yo ‘eoy o dapper exept through the aston of eye ne ‘incpative mechani. Tespernisence reveal by tay phesomena inthestmospere. Forenmpe onsen se he vrter wake aoland through th mecatism of coneneton ti, aig for Sonya ‘Mla alae bar pedD090 yt og 0 8 12° aeview oF rowoawestate oF momo mrenasien foun 1 ‘Av nal rma, we pont out that inflows where only smal turd nce from a xed uniform stream eondition our, ican be proved tet ‘ho vorticity Fis preserved (to fst oder inthe eal jeturbaton) i ta ‘sae way that it inna conatant-denity fi, sine the efoto rations in dostyon the quantity f/p no higher order, 1-6 Intogral Conservation Theorems for Invislé Fluid For later vw in conection withthe ealeulation of fresno torments on wings and bode, we with tobe abet expr nae qusntioes ee ‘the flues of lina and angular momentum through arisney octet ‘urfaces 8. Thin approach wll often be found to have a spec canvenions, becuse sngueritie which acur in velctne and preware the echoes fs vehi may not persis at great datas a the flow Bld arcu to that the integrations which must be eared ot ae tated The ase tols for carying out thie tak a inferaed fot of Rewrs Jaw of motion known as momentum thewema, In conection withthe presentation of the momentum theorems, we {ake tho opportunity to deus the question o ctuervation of ober Bre ropes ae expend in integer Se one t, Pi le ine Me Bio 1-8. Control auface mroonlag 4h ate nd mare bey * Inner ty Concer any quantity F which in charctortic ofthe Bud particles ntained within sfxed control volume V. Let V be botnied es in inside by ape or more impermeable bade, whose elective masea ee denoted by the symbol e, and bounded on the outade by alates fd surface S. Se Vig. 1-5. The cloed system under examination i tat fed ‘mass of fuid that happens to be contained within Vas soain tate of tine. To find the rate of change ofthe total quantity for this ereen, the inant coincides with V, we aterve tat ths change mee oe ofthe sum of al the Joel change at points within Y plus changes otc, ‘ofcur as rst of the motion a the ayatem boundary Supeeing tag 2 is refered to anit volume of the Bui, the former mae of thongs tant alffen [fe eos Porororoyo yoy 1-8) nervonst consenvarion muzonewe, mise rusia 13, teh itaebang of the opin of dion ed nteetn Yoranitin vino tay te vl Tet Snort te tl aunt of te gusty Ht «eel of the ot {Tat tet waving aro te bundle are Sande wi teal shoty component (93) At puns wets prt bps ‘Ee enn ttn aa eames df the Hur take op we tn i an ae ee mg Deg event (9') €5. "Th the neo hoe tothe apts on pag of de th bony en frames Combining thes lst to results, we nd forthe total rate of change of ‘his generale property for the cyte, PEs — fff Ba = fheca-m es. oy ‘Thi general ltt no seine ee eof inte 1. Contereton of Mat or Contin. To deve an integral eontnity savaton we replace Eby the an er ti ame pad serve han the absenee of sources ad sinks, the ttl mas of theaytem mus emai fentant Th we ae ld to [J 4er+ feos For ste fw around an impermeable boy of fed position of cour, ‘he fir integral in (1-45) vanishes, and the eortebution to the second integral fom the ioneraurface mrt be soo teense the quantity in parentheses vanish ‘We note incidentally how frm Gate’ theorem, (1-14), Hoo. as = ff ooyar 4 0 (45) Subetitting into (1-48), we obtain [flee+e-voe~« wn nc the ome Vin abitay, the ly way tht thi integrl an vais ius tgd tobe evry suas he dist fae a ‘econ ena, (1), cond.Woe a oa a ta 14 “nerew oF roxouteeria oF rio wecuaca fou. 1 Fitts Moment. Let Eran th wor tm for pple by the sarounding tote pts, hecrdng a News cet lah um cua tine ie of cag ier noses {he ysen, high eospode to replacing faith te quant 90 (0-49, Comets wes he lowing genial wanes oe law of eonervation of moet. Ere [gona + foo nds a8) He now examiae the various contebutions that might appear to the fone arena (9) ent oe a ‘hand side will include « quantity Se eae [fore = [fforr. 49 ‘This wll be omitted rom what flows because ft relatveunimportanoe ‘in aronautinlappleations ‘Th remaining exteral fore will then be broken lato two pata: the reaction (~Foay) to the fore exerted by the fad on the boyd the foe erro om te outer bodary Sy the suraning Rel ‘that inthe outward-directed normal, thin Istter might take the form ffi-m + nas, sare pis the preesre aro S, andi the mum of shear ten and devi ‘sori normal sre exerted by the sarounding if Une ae agnioat, ‘We may writer a the dot product of dyad or temo ofdevintons stres by the unit normal a. 'Sine wo te dealing ener mith boxe ‘itcous id, homere, the quation will ot be elabrated hare Lexrog out elects of aber ates, (1-8) can be mei to read Ba *ffrmas — ffoevo-mas— [ff Loarer. cs Ain we remark that if the body is xe in our etordinate eye, the ‘ontribution to the sooond integral on the right from @ will vanish, Alo ‘in tend Sow the at crm othe right i co eiog, Ba = flip + 900-48 an Equation (1-61) in actualy the moet uel form for praca appiton, ‘The special versions of (I-51) which occur when the fw involves porororo roa oad 1-6) nerzonse conseavarion THELEN, swt FLGID 15 small prtabationn wil be diane in Iter chapter. It wully proves ‘convenient to see an inegated form of the equations of motion (Ber ‘oa’ equation) to rplae the presrure in term of the veloeity Bld 4. Angular Momentum. Let # be a vector of position messed from ‘the origin about which momesta arto be taken Then iia an ery rater te drive the following counterpart ofthe rt form ofthe near moment Noon [ff ferrous fhrex ore ‘The summation of moments on the lft hee can nee more te broken up into a byforee term, reaction to Use moment exerted by the fd through «and a pressure or shear moment exert onthe satem over the ‘outer boundary. Subsiutions of thisrt,seheting the devitoi sen, ead othe working form of the theorem of angular momenta enn —fbrexnes -fuxove-nis—[fftaxoe. 09 "The steady ow simplifcatin involves droping the integral over V and cove the inner Boundary 4. Thermodynamic Energy pas. 1-52) Integral forms of the ws of thermo \ dynamin wil be found developed in detain Chapter 2of Shapiro (1953. ‘Sine Use will ave litle direct einen Iter applications aod since Imany new defnitons are volved, none ofthese rule ae reproduce! ‘here. Shapiro's eqntion (220, for insane, provides an excelent working {orm ofthe et nw. Tes of eter that, when the premure work eered ‘on the boundaries is included, te quantity Hin the eed or boundary ‘term on the right of (1-4) i found tobe parle Sa] 0-50 ero «is the distance vertically upward in paral grevity fl and A inthe eathalpy per unit mae, which proves to be the elective thermo dynamic energy In seady ow ‘As sidelight on the quactin of energy conservation we not thet 0 * contant-donity fluid without toy forces, the oniy way that ene fan be stored i in kinetic frm. Hene, a very convenintproee fo talelating dag of Hud estanee, io Bnd Ue rte of adtnn of intNe navn be rvsbuaeash or ret wronticn "to ray to the Mud per unit time and to eqsate this to the work done by ‘the drag, This represents balance of mechenial rather then theres Alynaiic energy. When the Mid ie eomprsble and there te sll siptive mechanisms prset, energy canbe radiated aay by commpee, sion waves in an aout faahion. Therefore, the problem of weeny ‘rag from eneray balance becom a god deni more complain, 147 rotational Flow Enough hasbeen ead about the aubjet of vortiity, it enmervation ‘and gentetion, Ut it should be cbvioon th an italy iroeaonay erm, invicid low will remain iotational in the abyenoe fhe teanfer and of song curved whopk. One important emmequene sf pars ‘anont irrotatonality ithe existence fw velocity poeta, Thats ation sexQno (85) 5 neceary and sufiint condition forthe existence of potential ® such that Qe, (88) rere 0 oF (6, the potential fr the velocity inthe entire fon, Is exitence permits the replacement of «throwomponsnt sees ty ing ela asthe principle dependent variable or unknown fo hes, "tical invention. Given the existence of @, we proceed to derive tno Important conse. ‘rence, hich willbe ued repeatedly throughout the work with follows 1. The Bernouti Equation for Iotatinal Fow (Ken's Equation), ‘This integral of the equations of fad motion in derived by eeobacy (0-8) and (1-28), and amin adit acting fee pot 70204 9(2) one “= Q40(G)~ moo fee sn ‘Under ou preset assumptions, B- Zo -e(2 (58) 0 that (157) ant reared ato «89 ee “a moranIONAL rw ” ‘The vanishing ofthe gradient mpi that, met, the quantity nvoved will bes function of Gime Gvoughost the entire fd. Hence the least ‘stridor of this Berl equation it 8424 [2 —o-r0, (0-0 Inalenriy, the cei ine tn a be iit by ator mth wae frou oon This artifiity ie usually unnenaary, however, eesuse conditions are ‘commonly known Tor all tne at some reference point in the fo. For instance, sppove there i © usiform sam Ux at remote point ‘There ‘willbe constant andthe peeseure may be ae egal tof and the force potential to 0,2 sme refeene evel ron Bef" Enea om ‘The simpli vernon of (1-20) rade * Sites 7 eye cn ['Fsm—ann oo In inentopic Row with constant specific het ratio , (1-69) easily reorganized into a formula forthe loa! peste cue peut aA an 2 stall ere ai heaped of sound and A = Ua/o it Mach number. For ‘certain other purpose, is convenient to renee that [2 _ Lg ae) Pe a (Note that, here and below, the partial form chore forthe arora ‘eition is netropic. Unde tis reteletian,¢p/tp (2P/2p ated all Inve the same meaning) (65)Poror oro von aog [REVIEW OF FUNDAMENT!3S OF FLEID MROHANION ——femars 1 ‘hin mata a (1-69) prove oan met of comput ‘the loeal value of a or of the absolute tempersture T, a en en tr i ta fr emi etre potential is usually negligible in aeronautice. ae 12h Pte Seti By wig pn of eee nf, cis Sedans eae 1 Bevguo ey ‘Te soond ters hee i writen dirty i ters of, follows: FQ =F. (08) =, hich we Meni athe fama Laplacian operator, (8488422. weanin) 69 ‘To musty the Sette of (1-48, take the for of Brno equation appropiate to norm condition a init, for which, af ours cops se would be that of Fut at ret, U =. ‘The body- fore terms dropped for converions, leaving [= - 8 ye 7 3 the Lis for iota os etna, af" dp [et om ‘We then apply the eubwtantal derivative operator to (1-1) and make eof the atthe members of (-98), ahe-[g 4) Dp _ et Dp oe » ay zi a Soo Erte eee Rsk GJ walsre Beer} om ely iti 4) 9 t-8)pae LEzerver@)J-0 a In view of (1-67) and ofthe simple relationship between the veoity voctor ad @, thie ementily the desired diferenta eqatin. It ‘multiplied trough by, one sen that ix of hid degree the unknown ependent viable aod it derivatives Tt rede to a ordinary wave ‘oquation in a situation where the aped of sound doesnot vary tem ‘aly ftom ite ambient values, and whore the squares of the velolty ‘Somponenta ca be septa by compare with Tis of interest that Garsck (187) has pointe out tht (1-74) canbe wee aes o)(E-09) ‘where the mubsript con Q, and onthe substantial derivative in intended {0 indicate that this veosity i treated as constant during the seennd ‘pplication of the operators 0/0 and (Q 7). Equation (173) is fst 9 vrave equation (with the propagation speed equal tothe local vale of «) ‘then th proces is observed eative to cordate syste Inovig at ‘he lel fd velocity Q. fe queton of boundary conditions and the speciation of (1-74) ‘nd (1-75) for smallsturanee down wil be defered tothe pat where the subject of linearized Uheary i fit taken up ve 1-8 The Acceleration Potential tio interet that when the equations of fid mation can be implied ce . am . (79) it follows immediately that vxPororogororo ono ng 20 mavtew or roxouenwrats oF mstD wecnasice fone, 1 ng mane pallting the teatnent of ietainl fo, ween conde FO 6 sev (0 eri el eet pt Gy, on 0- [2400 om {o bing a function of tine that is uly nace The ncsleration potential becomes pratlly taal when disturbances [pare my Inthe abaence of igniont dy Fores, we thea have var as Thin dite oy bya contan tom the lo press, and dsb of © boven very fel tl or repeating Ming aces “Testo ae fen ae ese pata alee fre Sccatin petal inthe eral ean, ut teste ae ts ‘ss the disturbance velocity potential in linearised theory. = 241 Introduction or the present chaptor we adopt al the limitation ited in Seton 1 lu the flow (2) p = constant everywhere; and (2) The did was inl rotation ‘The former assumption impos enentily an infinite sped of sound, hil the latter guarantees the existence of a vloty potential. Turning {0 (1-74), mese thatthe fo Beld = now governed rmply by Laplace's vo. en Aseovatd_ with this diferential equation, the boundary conditions| reseribe the values of the vloty potential or its normal derivative over the surfaces of sere of iner at outer boundaries ‘Thee conditions nay be given in one of the flowing for: (2) The Neumann prble, a which = 98/on i given, (2) The Dirichlet problem, in which the van of iil given, (G) The mixed (Poincare) problem, in which ® i ven over certain portions ofthe boundary and 88/0nm gwen over the rend, A great del ie known aboot the oltion of ela! oundary-vale problems of this type and moe particularly about Sud dynam aplcn- umerble examples ean be found in books lke Lam 0948) ‘nd Milbe-Thompson (1960) The roiet is by no mean ceed, hom ‘rer, as wll become apperent in the ight of tome of the apmations Drverted in later sectone and chapter Aufl resent beck, whith Fombines many resulta of vncun ow tory with old and new develop Inents‘on the coniant density iovicid problem, it the one ete hy ‘Traits (1960), ‘Aone the very many concepts and pretcal enon that might be ‘onsidered worthy of presentation, we single out hee few whith are ‘epecalyfardamental and which wil prove uefl for autacquet workee cosmtanpexarry erica row four. 2 2-2 The Taee-Dimensionl Rigid Solid ‘Moring Through «Lig Lets consider s singe ite oid S moving through «large masa of ‘onsant density Hid with an outer boundary 2, which mayor may urpres be regrded an diplced indfnitalytowaed infty For meek of what follows, § may conwiat of several thee dimensional lide ater than a single one. ‘The dieton of the normal vectarm will now bese {garded as from the boundary, either the inner boundary 8 ote cutee oundary 2, toward the Bid voame. In the easy sections of Chapter 3, Lamb (1045) proves the following important but relatively steaghformard rene for tonsuatony Boas ‘hich are tuted here without complete demons (0) The flow pater iv determined uniquely at any instant if the boundary values of € of 08/an ue given at all ponte of S and One Important special case is that of the fd at et rete from Sy thon ® ‘am be equated to sro at infty. (2) The valu of # cannot havea saximum or minima a any interior Bont but only onthe boundaries. ‘To be more specif, the mea vale of 4 over any spherical surface containing eal fd i equal to the rales the centr ofthis phere. This rut connected with interes tion ofthe Laplacian operator il, hich nay be regarded mat tsasy of the “lumpicee” of the salt Sell; Laplace’ oqnton amply sat ‘ha thin “umpires” has the small posrbe vale in any sepo (8) The magnitude ofthe vloity vector Q = |] eannot have a rar imam inthe interior ofthe flow Beld bat only the laundary Tecan ave minimum valve sro ata interior stagoaton post, (4) 14 = 0.0" a0/an— O overall of Sand 3, the uid willbe a rot verywhere, That is, no boundary motion correeponde too motion i the intro. ‘Next we proce to derive some lew strnightformard rents 41: Greeis Theorem. For the moment, let the outer boundary of the flow feld retin at finite distance” We proeed rem Cas” toarom, Tor any vector ld, (1-14), fire —fffoaae on (The enna sgn bere rela from the revel of dtetion ofthe aor esl.) Tet # and 9” be two eontivour fonctions with faite, tle, ‘ald rot and second derivatives Unroughout the velume ¥'We do sot fe sro tat the fenton repeat wo potenti fad fo. An ove. eA D0} 0 0) 0 0 g 2.3) runeponarionss moi SoU" MONO LOD "The integrands in the two sider of (2-2) may be expressed a flows Aon 00a] = 038 o 908) = ante" + ve. ve oo (2) ar now sted int Ca’ thee. ‘Ar wig tn sale entrant 9a, aig ‘overeat tere = -[ffore smn, 20 -[ffow-nseone on 2. Kinetic Energy. Ae «ft illstrtion of the application of Greea's ‘theorom lt in (2-6) be the vloty potential of ame flow at «certain instant of tine nod let” = Of euro, follows that v9 =e ‘We thas obtain formula forthe integral of the square ofthe Ni particle sped throughout the fl fate -f[rew—-ffow on Mcgee at sf era Sass =~ 36feies e10) Sch an integral over the boundary i len mich eter to erate thane ine nal rvupon the ert ve Tn pare, {fon ely Kon rom the boundary endtonn ithe wd ‘moving Urogh an ulinied se of a ith Q = Oat inhi, imple maint prove that the intel over 3 waite, Tes tht {20 ned ines over oly te iner boundary a the rac ot Somtdiea, 7 ~~ Sf fertas en eseee eee Cownarhonsart seed now oun 2 4 A Rectal Theorem. Ante neroting comune of Gree theorem oie by ning and © be the ey tet ote iter coat dey for an he ae ane to ater rong tfc Then cour, he two Lape in 8) and 27 sh, ‘ct right nr of thm to lato ae Fund oe ea ‘tang he ich sy, ede fates ~ ffu tes, em 4: The Physical Interpretation of @. ‘To set in undetanding the ‘ienitcace ofthe ast two result and to give 9 messing to the velo) ental tal we next demonsteate an ati butneveriele eaning- {ul interpretation of. We begin with Boros equation inthe frm (0-60), sasuming the fia infty tobe rest and evaluating the pew re intagralin consequence of the conetaney ofp, 0% =~ [0-0 +804 00 0] Insect of wey re pie peu Ioan? ® em) ‘is aplid to the Ai, starting fom ret, to produce the aetal motion ‘isting at a certain time. In 2-10), a dumimy viable integration Wie can make the interval of aplztin of thi mpule artery shot, tnd integrate Berouls equation over [loeentaly, the axe reul 'scbtainube from the basic equations of fd mation, (1-2) and (4), by smi integration over the interval A] Tn the limit the integral of he prsure pu9 92/2, an (0m ~ 0) bese nile lative tat ofthe very fare p and we derive 3) Ber = ony = — Plasmid eH Hence, P= —p coniitatesprecily the system of impulsive presures quired to gamerate the actu motion awifty from ret. This proses ‘might be eavied out, fo example, ty applying impulsive force and Crque to the sold bndy and wimultancoly stable ditibutin of impure pressure over the cuter boundary ©, The loa impulse thus apple wil ‘gual the total momentum in the instantaneous Row desrbed by. ‘Unfortumntely, both this momentim and the npn appli tthe outer ‘boundry become indeterminate ax spreads outward foward init, 90 Dp Dov 0 0 Df 2 2.3] eneenesestamiow 18 remus oF nocsDary vatues 25 {hat there are certain problems of physi interpretation when delig ith anexterally unbounded mags a quid Tn the gt of thi nterpetation ofthe veloty potent, we reexamine the kines nergy i 2-12), rewriting the reult. ase reife firge eee Thomsen erate aoa niece ct Sep eit eempee ee ee yee eee Soa, en tegen ns aes ere ge ae tet ona ak ee ne scree og Ligsgremt ae Tease ecce Sisenitnneen aatenemem es creertmed siteaietomte ete tart mi, ip gamit oma ba es Seog emer cone rat ee cn feds = fpr as, An such it somes special case of a fly fara theorem of dynamics ‘which eaten that, fr any to pomible maton of the sme system, the ‘im over ll the deve of Freom ofthe pulse equited to generate ‘on ton multiple by the eos inthe sccnd motion uals Ue same ‘mamed product taken wth the impules and weloeiea interchanged ‘One fal important reve stated mthout proof ean be shown that fora giv st of boundary contitions the kinetic energy T of liquid ‘iter nite regions minim when the Bow i aeyelcl snd Stotationa, lative al otber penile motions e168 ean 2-3 The Repretentation of @in Term of Boundary Values et us consider mation ofthe type treatod in the forging sections ‘and examine the querton of Sading bp nt ertain point (9.3) arb tray leated inthe ow eld Fr this purpose we tra to the epoca theorem (2-12), making # the velocity potential forthe netal ow and 18)Porororopo yo ono nog = coneraeeonure mito row fous. 2 Her (ey) is any other point, one on the boundary for iota. Seo Fig. 21. hy diet wubwtiation in Laplace's equation, 3 cay rove that 9) rerywbereexcet inthe immediate vicinity of r= 0, where the La- lucas bas an impulsive behavior corempondng to the local wilaton of {he requirement ofentauty, 2 tnt Pe to OP neon Roe witoorartettn way 2 sg Uwosreto ue the reciprocal tore, whih requires that the Lapasians of both menbers vanish, we must exclude th point P from the vluce Ths edo by centering x anal perl outacew avn the pan ~ foe (ore fhe om welt become very smal phere, thon ae = Pan, am bere san element of slid ange ach that fen = ar, ez om By the mean value theorem of integration, its possible to rplce the fit, ‘continuous ® by pin the vient of the point P to an acsptable degree Sf approximation. ‘Thee consideration ed to foto ning ‘Moreover, although 9/3 varies rpily over twill alway be posible to find a bovoded average val (20/0n)ana rch that Arty. (28) 225) Heoee em Inthe limit atthe cuter boundary goes to infty, withthe Liquid at rest there, one ea show thatthe integra over vai, leaving Frm He, 80 = at as + fhe (Zh) as. 228) All the manipulation in (227) and (2-28) on the right-hand sien should be carrind eat using the variables 2y, 921 Tn prtclr, the normal derivative is expromed in terms of thes dummy variable, ‘The reader willbe rewarded by a careful exaninaton of some ofthe ddoctons fom these sults that appear in Sections 87 and $8 of Lamb (0940). For innae, by imagining an tia Mul mon which poe ‘on in the interior of the bounding urate, ite peaible to mex (2-28) entre in terms of ether the boundary vale of os normal Aevivaive. “Thun, the determinate nature ofthe pratem when one ot the other of thee quantities s given fram the Boundary condition be: tomes evident. ‘The quanti —1/4r and 8/2(1/4e7), which appear inthe integrand of (2-27) and (228), ar andamental solutions of Laplace's uation that Dla the role af Green functions ithe representation of the velop Potential. "Their names and phyvical significances ar as fllowa1 : 1 ’ 1 ’ bommurmsen omen now | aun a 1. The Pat ace vk om there may be regarded as the radial coordinate ina set of spheric ‘rordinates having the origi atthe center of the source. ‘The edie ‘veloelty component ie 9) ‘in te cer wey spent van Elden ne Bae & ‘pls meet ri ai ion ten at im cafe sn eq Ta ces secmnee ope ‘aetv ei reed to a pit ik nd banat intone tes er fie ys bdee ea nigh ta 1 mess Cog) ie ney pe in (2-20) and (2-20). , ™ 2 The Daal, ‘The derivative os are inayat ition called s doublet, ad #208) on Ahan ld av meses eng rt Aad nea in v-3G)-- Ssh om By examining the physi interpretation ofthe dietions derivative, we tee that a doublet maybe garded ws soure-ink prof eau reat, With the tine tween them oriented in the direction ofthe doubles, and cari tothe limit of infnitesinal separation betwen ther A Hii is taken, the indvidal strengths of the source and sak most be Allowed to increase in inverse proportion fo the spartion Source and doublets have familia tensa sounerpst, howe eons can be eontrcted by appropiate uperpstion of the three Alimersional singular sftions.” There aso exist more complicated sed ‘more highly singular solutions of Laplace's equation, which are ained by taking edition! dretioal derivatives. On involving two dient ‘iis known ata qunupol, one with Uhre difrentstions an soa ole, ed 0 forth 2-4) soup wovina mmovam coneraNT-onNerrY vio 2 2-4 Further Beaminition of the Rigi Impermeable Soli ‘Moving Through a Consast-Deaity Fd Without Circulation ‘This ection reviews some intereting reste of incompressible fom eory which highligh the siniartne between the dyeamin of rig body and eontant-demity flow. ‘They are parisany ful when al CUlating the resultant flores and moments exerted by the fiom one oF Inore bode moving through i Consider a prtelr anid body Sof the ‘ype dieused above. Let there beast of portable ase attached fo the Thy with origin at Othe position velar mearred intantanemly from 0” Let u() and w() denote the instantaneous abn linear and sngular velocity vetos of the slid relative to the ld a ret at init. ‘So Fig 2-2. mis the outward normal to theeuface ofS the boundary ‘condition on the veloity potential given interme ofthe motion By Tn the encod line here the order of maltiletion of the triple prt Ie been interchanged in standard farina ‘Now let @ be weten as weten ea) Assuming the components of the ‘rector and Xo be oltone of Uaplnce’s equation dying out tin fit, the ow problem willbe solved if tae soetiints of the linear and angular vloity vectors sare made to mtny the following Toundry conditions on ex) on Sa 0. 8) jetexel Be 2.2, Rtn mao, son Goma (20) Iter tod agar lotion to z {heli ate xa 238) m Evidently g and x are dependent on the shape and eietation of, but not onthe instantaneous magnitedsof the ner and angular velo tis themselves. ‘Thus we ace that the total potential wil be linear de Bendent on the components ef and «Adopting an obvious notation Forte various vet cmponent, we write Snub ete tm tet eT)ot V dbeeranetery bevco now ' eae, 2 ‘Tuming to @-ID), we determine that the Bui kinetic enegy can be cexpresed an 7 Sffeitas~ 5 fhe ot eexda (a tox nas Hai? + Bet Cut + 24%00 + 200 420% + Ppt + Qe? + RA + 2h 4200p + 2B pe + 2yPu + Go Ho) + 2P a + G+ He] FIP Oe He ea) Creal study of @-87) and the boundary conditions revel int A,B, Gos. are 21 inertia coelfsent dirty proportional to denny p sn pendent on the body shape. They are, however, unaleced by the instantaneous riton, ‘Therefore Tin a homogeneous, quadratic fenton otu.syw, pga ‘By ig (28) aod 2-86) and the reciprocal theorem (212), the folowing exazples ean be worked out withot diel. 40) Here and ae the distin ene of he unit normal wth es = od ase, respectively. me te ener remark es rer sot the kit eoery Fin, me ster tht the ston of me advo nltion peels ay ‘eatin of 28) Tham flere of mason, P= dus, e, 7, rm) aay zal hu worhvo rundvon conbmamnodsarry rh! at ‘The Sie and lat ators rear row and column ratios, reapetively, hile the central oe is a 6 6 symmetrical equare matrix of inertia relict, howe construction is evident from (238). Inthe dyadic or {enso formalin, we ean express 7 femeu ba seat tat 4) HeroMandareeymmetietensrof “inertia” and “momenta neta,” hile Sia a noneymmetrical temaor made up of the Inertia coafienta ‘which coupe the liner and angular velocity components For instance, the fat of thee read Mm Al Bi) 4 Chet A + A + BM + + OTH + o4) (OF coume, the tenor summation notation might be used in pce of by har. x ro ew u-2 aww Furthermore, thaw momenta are devel rom the Kei ee ‘equations which may be abbreviated ee em 48) ‘The notation forthe derivatives is mang ifthe kinetic eoery in writen In tevoe frm, (2-42). To anit in understanding, we write out the component forme of (2-47), B= aTY/06, b= OT tm, by = OT Pe. 2mbe) Lageange's equations of motion in vector notation are derived by combining (2-48) through (2-48), fellows: om es ‘The time derivatives ere are taken with Tempest to nonolaing,non- tratalating peter of neal coordinates Some shor pier thee ena in ter ofa tne rao of change of the momenta ta eee by tn cheervrretaing with tem of portable the doe and fw ‘eengze th there ean bea rate of ehange of angular moment do ‘*tranlation of the linear mamentem veetor parallel toil, we ean eplce (2-18) and (2-48) with 1 (#) sexe we@jeoatee ew ‘The mbserit phere refrsto the aforementioned diferetaton in potable ‘axes Correnpendig corrections tothe Lagrangs equations ar evident an ea duo wrbe sank colbeaneudors adhe 3, Since the foregoing contute rel of igtbedy mechanic, me tempt to ace how these dens can be extended to the surface § moving Trough an infinite mass of conmtantemsity Mid. For this purine, we stsocate with € abd A the impulive fore and impulsive torque which ‘would have to be exerted ove the surface of the sold Yo produce the ‘motion instantaneously fom rt. Such a combination is efered to a8 a “reach.”) Th view ofthe rlatiogaip between impulsive preeure and ‘velocity potential, the free and torque can be weiter c= -fforas, d= fhe orm) a8, ean 255) ‘These so-aled "Kelvin impulses” are no longer equal to the total Maid ‘momenta; the later are Known tobe indeterminate in view af the nan ‘vanishing poles appa across he outer boundary in the lita {hen tolfnty. Neverheas, we shal show that the ineantaneos force ‘od movnent exerted by the bey the gui in the actual situation are ‘determined rm the ime rata of change of and. ‘To derive the required relationship, we resort to partially physical reatonng that follows Chapter 6 of Lamb (104). Let us take the lear orca ina impulse fr illustration purposes abd afterwards deduce the result forthe angular quantities by analog ‘Consider ay fo with a nner boundary and an outer boundary 2, shih will ltr be eared to ifnity, and let the velctypotetia be & Tokng at a shor interval between time f abd tie fT us imagine that just pre tote the flow was Drought up rom ret by’ sytem of Impulsive forwes(~p0) and that, just after, was stopped by —(—p) ‘The total tne intel af the presure stan point ea be Broken up into to impulsive pce ps a cootinuous Integral over the time interval ‘Tuming to Berouls equation, (215), and egleting the body force an nonessential, we can slo write hi ite aa fllovs [Cra ote at es) et — on + [ra onPowe tore. tured now | ewer. « ‘The frat integral on the vght ere vanishes brea the Aid i a rest ‘roe to the starting impale aod after the Bal on, Also thee pues ‘ake no appre eopribtion tothe integral of 2/2 ‘Suppone now that we intarate these at two equations over the inner sod outer boundaries ofthe fow fel simultancoonly applying the unit ‘normal vector nao at to get the folowing impale of rr force at ‘howe boundare [ole vaes; [fof ra We suet that etch of th impulses must separately be equ o 0 itthbuter boundary = permite to panini Thi ect vio it we doth integration on th last member of (257), [fof rex = —of'af[Paravoo mw 2 a a 8) ‘The integral ofthe term containing the constant in 25) vane since ‘sunfrm prewar ver coed srice eet oo rrtant foe Forde ‘hor, te intel of G72 vanishes nthe lint tee Q ean radly bo shown to dro of at eat rapidly asthe inverve mur of he diane from th origi. The overall proce stat from a ondton of et and nds wth a conton of t,o that the reltant imple fore exerted Over the inner boundary andthe outer boundary mnt be ser, Eatin (258) shows Wat this impulsive fre vanes separntely a the over ‘boundary, 20 we are tothe eu Pole rass= In view of (2-0), the right-hand member of (2-6) ea then be nto rated over'S tod oqunted fo sr, leading to os) [fofirdias~ [22a = {five — -rbsnds =~ & 7 fe oo Fil, wld goat and frit he ond fourth mane bers of (2-40) with reapect tof. Replacing fy with wnor Ht may be ‘eran as representing any given instant, we obtain a ra4 eon "Thin in he deed rent. Ts simpe mater to include moment arm In the foregoing development, thus working with angular rather than snhere Ai the qua Fnetantaneous moment about an axa though the origin O” exerted by the ‘body on the fd ae, repostively, F and we combine withthe oregsing the considerations which lel to (2-52) sand (25), we can rexprst thst lst relationship in terme of rates of ‘ange ef ihe Kelvin lear and angular imple men by am cere ‘moving with the portable axe, (at ¥-(@), see am we Q@rexatexe een seni cpt ino indy mn, fed an estat ft cnr a red emitter Spay eee SPESST ne ign etn ee! Ses Te sa Tae Sadly ae my ean ge Spel cTeut teay aelb ra trs Sree aa pemraeaton on ar at ie 88) and Da das he = SESE aE. 2-00) op! “The dyadic contraction of thas Ia nx relations i ofcourse, similar to (@-40) and 4). ‘Suitable combination between (2-65)-(2-6) and (2-61)-2-61 can be roratded a Lagrange erations of motion forthe ifiite Hid medium ‘ounce by the moving sid. Fr instance, adopting the rates of change ssn by the moving oberver, we obtain, a natn = [ECD tex Zea oe In the above equations, Foy and Mag te the force and ipoment exerted ‘by th Band onthe sol, kick areal the quantities of inet in 8 retical invention,V1 beer basen toy ar, 25 Some Deductions fom Lagrange's Equtions of Motion fn Paria Cases ‘In epcil cate we can deduce a numberof intersting rele by exam ining (261)-€2-€8) together withthe general for ofthe Kinetic energy, 28. 1. Uniform Rectinear Motion. Suppove » toy moves ab constant locity w und witout rotation, 2 that 0. ‘The time derivative er in (@-47) and (2-68) vanish ad they may be eee to Fray = 0, eon om ‘The fact that there in no fore either dea oi, on an ariteary body moving steadily without cireulation is Known ax Alember's pardon, ‘pure coupe i found tobe experienced when the linear Kelvin npc ‘vector and the veloity ae nt parallel. ‘These quantities ae bvinuly Pll in many ease of symmetry and it ean alo be proved that there ein general three orthogonal dictions of motion fr which they ae aalelin which eases the etre foro-ouple stern vanishes, Sila Feslis can Be deduted fr pure rotation with = 0. 2, Resilinear Acceleration. Suppose thatthe vloty it changing vo that a = a, bat all « = 0. Then a glance at the genera orl for etc enerey shows that 7, ar wlan tit Macy = 0x ar Mdu+ Ce + Be) + Be + Are + C4) FRlCw + Ate Bal = Mw, em ‘Tis derivative i near function ofthe vlotycomponeats. Therefore, Pay mt am Yering ih ston ee tidy ull oe nn cba tn cman al ee conn ha, ia — jor — ape tt Boar = Gt ~ se — ag Tis lar frm thee rmlts why the quantities A,B, to as virtual masses or apparent mast, In view of the facts that he cel chase odnee cobettondnonn do ciwsdane. 1. virtual masses fr translation in diferent dietins are not equa, and that there are allo comecvirtal mascestelting velocity components ‘in dilerent divctions, the sirity with Linear nccleration of 8 gid body sony qualitative 2. Hydrokneti Symmetries. Many example of reduction ofthe natem fier coefeiens for «bay moving through a consian-denity Aud ‘il be found in Chapter 6 of Lamb (194). One interesting specialization that of ali with thee tilly perpendioular axes of ymmety, chat goer! lipo. Ifthe coordinate dieetina are alized ith ‘howe see and the cgi is take at the center of symmeey, we are led to TH HA + Be E04 Py Oe RAL, 7H) ‘The correctness of (2-74) canbe rensoned physically Beaune the Kietie energy mote independent of «reveal ithe dietion of any Kear for angular vlcty component, provided that is mngitade remains the ‘ne. Te follows that erom produ! tee betoen any ofthe coponenta {ie dnllowed Here we ean oe that ear angular scecleation along. ‘ny on of thease wl erste by an inertia fore or couple ony in 8 tense eppeite tothe aseleration ait This na elt which lo ean be ‘htnined by examination ofthe pha! aytem ite. 2-6 Bsamples of Tro- and Three-Dimenslonal Flows Without Craton We now leo at some simple iutrations of constant-demity ows thou eeulatio, obverse how the mathematical yoltions are bane, how virtual mane ae determine, and bow othe information of physi Inte i develaped, 4. The Cielar Cylinder. 1 i wellknown that a evel eylnder of radiun¢ in x uniform stream Uz parallel to the negative s-eetion Is represented bythe velocity potential ane ~Ua [e+ Ene ow seta cent pr edt, od herb “romaine acage Feces ot san pena Uso = Ue were with on ue cone omPorro a a gg a Coneruomarry write row lems. 2 ‘Thin jut two-dimensional dale with taxa pointing ia the postive ‘ietion, and it reprecnla a Haid motion, at vest a ii, having ‘ound th elinder r= e velocity ‘This rot can be regarded ae deveribing the motion fr alte in set of portable en that move with the eylinder® canter Morven, he ‘eocty Us may bea fenton of tine, ‘Per unit datance normal tothe flow, the Kinetic ery ofthe id i fetes 58] ow cot 8d = Horch 78) Tac em am ‘horas the inertia coeicient B would have the ame alee and all other foeficients inthe, plane mut vain. We tach the intersting, if ‘ecient, coocuson tht the virtual mash of the ear lind in ‘reciely the mass of ld that would be cari within ie ire iit ‘were hollowed oat. This mas ite fator of proportionality which would ‘late an aceleration to the inet fore of tesistnce by the fd to {hin aceleration, "Thee sane rule might be obtained more eflety sing the complex variable representation of two-imenionaleontani-denity Row, an de ed in Section 2-8 1, 2. Sphere of Radius R Moving in the Positive s-Directon (Fig. 2). With the fd at rest at infinity, th sphere paming the rine innet a time ¢ 0 and proocing with constant reloity Ue bas the instantancouseqaton, exprewod in coordinates fined to Uh fd at infty, * By0= US +E— Rao, 0-80) ‘The boundary condition nay be exposed by the requirement that Bt constant or any Suid parte in contact with the wutace ‘That DB PB ao om Bao, esp Working this out withthe un of (2-80), DB a 4 6. : PB AB 4 09.98 = ~20.62 — Ua) 420-0.) +2Vy bae= 0. en) Sphere moving nthe = trout ase 9 gd a In this example we proceed hy til attempting to satis this condition {= O by meane ofa doublet centered atthe origin with ts asi in the fete nds, n)__ ts o-2(2)--25 em we 1 VEEFER ean We let th velit mpm ut vate, ese vo Ma, assy a (2-850) 1 85a), (), and () ar inserted into (2-82), and rand fare et equal to B and 0, eapetivey, wear ed after some slime to «formal for the strength 2 of the doublet H = DR. ea) ‘The uniquenom theorem, acre erie inthe chapter, amsre that we ave the corectanrver, emer Uae rE ie esp As in Ue cate ofthe ciel epinder, al kinds of information can be ‘adiy obtained once the velocity potential is wralabe. By adding the potential of ifr stram U- in the negative -iection one tom eta the ead ow and ean then obtain weamlioes and velocity and [rome patterns around the sphere. Tho only inertia coefelent are ‘let vital mason Tt alo of interest tha the uneeedy potential dies (uta Teast a fat an the iver square of distance from he eign wesaw! 1 cdaravrdesarry dvisein how! ‘one proceeds toward nity, and the velaty component die ou at eae {the invere cube, General coniderations lad to the result Chat the Aisturbance created in a costant-densty Hud by any noting body wll "eau that of single doublet at emo points “The foregoing example of the sphere i Just a special case of & more szoeral technique for constructing axially eymunetre ows around bodice of revolution by moans of an ouibrating sytem of sours and sake ‘oan the wis of eymmety. (The doublet is known tobe the Limit of « ‘ingle wourcesink pai) This produre was originally investigated by ‘Rankin, and such igure are veered tos Rankine voids Among many other jvestigatry, vou Kern (1027) has edapted te method to aitip hla or blunt shape ike the sphere, the results of potential theory donot gre wel with what ie messed ecauee of the renenoe of lage sep ‘stated wake to tho rear, problem which we deus further in Chapter 3. ean this srt of dsrepaney that dropped theoretical eradyeami Inte consierable drepte during te inteoth century. The unt-body flows aro dseribd hee principally because they provide simple Marte: tions.” "When it comes t elongated streamlined shapes, «great deal of ‘rfl and acerat information com be found without rst tothe noe Twas theory of viscous flow, however, and such epplizations cogtte ‘theultimate objetve of this book. 1 chen 2 Fo 2:4. Poate alps of revooe w tics vig trough consent ent ‘it anh wack he, 2 Blipsoids. A complete account of the slutio of more complicated ‘ounday-vdue problems on pees, prolate or oblate elie of revel tion, and goneal eligecds wil be found in the etd reference "Space considerations prevent the reproduction of such reuls here wih: the teepton tats few formulas wll be given for elongatol elipaoite of evolution tdzlating im = discon instined tothe major axl” These ave conidersbie importases eatve to efeste of angle of tack on ‘slags subsmarce bul and certain minal and bocetereoniiratinn Tor the cave shows in Fig 24, the veloc, Ua cone + Wasin 2-88) ives rin toa Kelvin imple =1AU. cota + BU asin = hota) tame (g8tg) ease] nn Tne! cmdianion hea snstrorvody ov rub news bat = dae ‘ra, 26, Comparnon betnen redid an measured moments asta cen Troll eis on& elt spre Soca asf apd om at EE Tere een tow 00d ey oe ‘The ellipsis volume i of course, $ral?, whores the dimensiones sections lon/t2 — awh (8/2 — 80) sre fnoton of ecentisty tabulated in Setion 15 of Lam (1045), ‘With constant speed and incidence the free i zr, but the vectors sand are notin parallel and en overturning couple is generated, Money = XE = $02 fotume fy afar ow) ‘he neta factor here in brace aba postive, vanishing forthe sphere [At Snnea atios abe ten it approaches within few percent of on ‘The the falar anal contribution of the fuelge to eae waite ‘a prdited theoretically. The callin ae fai eatinactory ato ‘vith meamuremente when 0/6 exes four ot five, Figure 2% presents © Comparison with pitching moment date 2-7 Circulation andthe Topology of low Regimes ‘Moat of the thereme and ater reste sated or derived in preceding portion of the ehaper refer t Bite bodies moving through = fit ot {nite ons of Ti. If thee bode have no bea through them, suc a fed i vimpy connected inthe ens hat any slowed rl can be shrunk toa polt or continuously ditrted into any other cowed eit witout vee passing outside the felA) 0 feo doxerutonarrs wie now lon 2 A physical stanton of lightly greater complet, called doubly con- ‘ecid is one mee tw, But no tare an two ie canbe fur ‘ich that al acer ean be continuously diterte into one othe ther of them. Examples area ingle tnediessional shape, body witha singe ‘penetrating blew toroid or anchor rng ete. Carving tit ea farther {he flow around «pair of two-dimensisnal shapes woul! be tly oon ted ee Tn the mos neal Bow of gu or gain a lip connected regio, © is oo longer tinged fonction of postion, even though the boundacy eoitions are epecied property an in the simply connected ‘ease. Turning fo Fig 2-6, et 4 be the specifi vale of the vlocty Pteatnl at point Ata ats purieulariatant, ‘Then a ca be writen ther ae Het fgg Qt em = mt] 0m oan ‘These two results wil not necetrly he equ, singe we cant rove the ‘entity of thet line integra when the region between thera not ately cocupied by Bud. Av matter of fact, he creation aro the ‘led path it eaely *$annea 2 1 ean obvious rout of Stoke’ theorem that I ithe ane for any path completely rrrounding just the body iotatad, Hence the difer nee inthe vals of taken beteen patton one sd the the alas turns out to be exactly T, wherever the two points A and Bare chosen ‘nl ie lly i wan belived tha, to eater sonstant-denity fd ‘motion unique in a multiply connected regan, « namber of ereslatons ‘must be presribed which i oe le than the dare of connectivity A Forthoming Wok by Haye showy, however, that soe refined toplogia! onepia must be employed to mite this uation He finds that the indeterminacy is astocated with « topological property of the region own asthe Bett numer. Sine the mathematical level of thse ens reeds what is being required of our readers, we confine ouravesoeiting the reference and abeting that confi the errecino of the snple ‘examples discussed bere and inthe folloming ete, Consider the motion of w given two-dimensional figure with 1 = 0. Acertaineet of values of 20/0n on an beet bya elon potential representing tho noneealatry Bow eound the body tis bese Now tis peal toad a simple vortex of aritaryseegth f fr which one om, 2-90) Po 27]' —canccuamion ano rte Toroxdor oF muow wxctwes 43 Fra, 26, Crevit drawn around tno Pro, 2-7. An lta ofthe cei ‘lemon shape ured Bald, a By (280 sf the eral streamline abe teasformed conformally iat reiely the shape ofS. ‘The general mapping theorem says hat uch traf orma tion ean always be ened out. By the superponition, a new tations flow hae been crated which saints the same boundary condone, ad ‘tn abviows that uniquenon ean be ateined only bya specetion of Leaving aie the question of how the ceulaton wan generated inthe fret plee, ti pamile to prove that T around any auch body pemiate sith ime” Thiam be dane by noting that the theorem of Keli, (112), ‘sed oma result whch an be goeralzed us flow Bflow=-['2sfor¥]. eam ‘The uid here may even be compresibe, and A aud Bate any two points Jn 6 continuous Now Geld, rears of the degre of connectivity See Fig 2-7. If pow webring 4 and B together in sch «way that the closed path ie not simply connected, and if we asume that there i © unique ‘elation Between pressure and density, me are led to br = Let un now again adopt the ratrietion to constant dent Bid and examine the quation of how owe with multiply eonmected regions and ontero Grelation might be generate. We fellow Kelvin in imagining St any instant that aris of barriers or diphragma ar inverted 3o a8 to ‘make the orginal region simply connect by the speieatin that 0 ‘ath nay ero any wich bar. Some examples for which the elas onus gre with Hayes are shown in Fig 2-8 "The imrton of sch barrier, which are similar to eta in the theory of the complex variable, render # ingle-valund. We recall the physical Interpretation e215) od 2-08) e200)es ee coNeTANTDENGITY HvHteD row leur. 2 « ti Laser io 2-8, Thee examples of mult comps fd soi base that gh me io make 8 ug ta) and (9th hed Ses oes ‘of asthe impulaive prenererequited to generate a fow from ret, It ‘sch impulsive pressure are applied only over the wrfce of the bodies ‘nd the boundary at infin region ike thane of Fig 2-8, «ow without ‘ealton willbe produced. Bt suppose, additionally, that dicontinties in Pof the amount ap 9b = ~pr 2-08) pple aro ech ofthe aries. Then a siteltion can be produced | ‘round each path obtructed only by tht prticlar ati The goer tion of ambke ring by applying an impute overalls aren i an vious example. Note that 46 (or a comatant all over ay given bari tut the lation of the brsers themselves presenta an seen of rb trains, 2-8 Examples of Constant Density Flows ‘Where Circulation May Be Generated An elementary atration ofthe ideas of the forpring section is pro vided ty a twedimensiona vortex pat. We work herein terms of rel ‘varables atte than the complet variable, although i shoud be sbvous o thowe familar with twociensional fw theory that the reaula we obtain coud be more conveniently derived bythe iter approach, Con side «pir of vor, whieh ae equal and cppeit and maybe thought ‘fa wraped around very smal eeu elidel ere whith costae the boundaries § (ig. 2-8) Tia motion enn be generated by applying ‘downward fre per unit rea AP = poe = pr om scrote the barr shown inthe picture. The tot Kelvin impulse per Pore oro yon nog 2-8) contranreeenery POwS wer cineTLATION “6 io, 2-2, Two egal and opp lie Pie, 2-10. Vortex paters simulating tog eprted’s dace ds" Sow around swing oe 008 unit stance normal to Ue page ie direct downward and may be writen b= s0r0, @-08) ‘where isa unit upmard veto and dite instantaneous epaation of the for insiance, oe ofthe two vortios ie ound toa wing moving to the it with vleity Uy whe the other rman at retin the id in the manner ef staring vortex, the free exerted by the Buid on the supporting bodies Raa = Sccona = eda = prs om ‘This may be recogninad at the two-dimensional II ell for by the ‘hoor of Kutta and Joukowsky. "hore complicatod rytem of vortices ud a an indie means of representing th infsnee of visa onthe Bow around « tng wing of fniteapan (Fig 2-10) For any one ofthe inne numberof elongated ‘vortex elements, the Kelvin impala is drcted downward and egals = “Ips x lar 2-100) “The arn here change at arte dependent on the formard peed Us The reaction tothe free predosing the fered inpules of the various ‘otice add tothe intantaneous it onthe wing. Moreover, ram the ‘panwie distribution of vortex strengths the spanvse distribution of Mt {Robtanabe, andthe energy n the vortex system i connected with the ‘nod drag of the wing it evident that thas vortices eould not be erated in the Bet place exept through the ation of weal in pro Ahcing «boundary layer on the wing, yet we ean oblain much wef {nformation about the luding onthe system witout actualy atempting ‘fall oation ofthe esuatogs ofPd hare irmcetroee a dhemumronyars brace now tw. 2 2-9 Twe-Dimensiot!, Constant Density Flow: Fundamental dees We now tun tothe subject of two-dimensional, rotation, teady ot unsteady motion of constant-denity Aid. We bin by lating amber ‘of rela which are wellAnown and may be found developed, fr nwanen, in Chapter 5 through 7 of Milne-Thospens (100). The coined eon tions of iotatioalty and continuty ame the extenoe of « elcty potential) anda steam fnetion (0, auch that = Fm Fx (ev) e101) bw (2-102) 1 @-101) i writen out in component frm, we obtain aw ae, v-B-8; 2-8 ei ‘The lator equalities wil be eognised athe Cacy-Rimann relation. For conman- density id, vga e109 inthe volume divrgece, wheres fra rotational flow, Tx Q = KOH 2105) ln the vorticity wet, ‘Threore, nthe eae under eneidersin, ve vy, (2-100) Among other way of conrtrctng solutions to the two-dimensional Laplace equation, a fanetion of either Zerhipa nt em) 7 Permit (2-108) lane wll be suitable To be more spect, the Cauehy-Riemann relations re necssary and eufciet conditions for # and ¥ 10 be the real and imaginary pert, respectively, af the same analyte function of "Tie feton we eal th complex ples, wa) = 8498, 2-100) Tabor any tym wil fe ply dean a come neta ‘or the remainder af this chapter. me 20! awontexnowal, conminonaty nowt a "The fllowing formulas fr particle vloty and sped are easily derived os va w=. en fee) _ aw ar ¢-|Sf-95 enn ‘The lines 6 = const and = const frm orthogonal networks of ie potentials and streamlines inthe 2-plane, hich ously refered 8 “An intersting parallel between te imaginary unit ¢— V=T and ‘the wector operator Kx i diene in MileThompeon (190), 20d nme Yeaders may find it hep to study this more physi interpretation ofa ‘antly which bs unfortunately ben given «rather ormidaierame ‘The fact that De complex potent it funeion of single varabe ‘as many advantages. Dierentiaton i ofthe ordinary variety and can te ecavesially eacaded or inverted, Ale, it make Ile diference ‘hether me operate with the funcional relationship (2) or (8); ny lowe are tore convennatlydoverbed by Uv iter "We reall that ty fndatental Row pater ar ssuciaed with simple singular forma of the comple potest. Ths ln (2) implies apt Source or point voree, 1/2 iss doblet, and Z* corespnde to aeons uid motions wih Hnear boundaries resting at angi elated to eA falure of one ot mor ofthe unerying psa asumptions occurs at the singular point location. Neverthe, the inguleslution are uel fn contracting Bow of praca! interest in repo avay from thelr ee ter. Forges and moment canbe expressed in term of contour integrals _ryond the vnglesitos nd are therefore connected with siden a poles "The complex potential ital a Kineatial eoneept. To ind presare ‘an resultant fore in stedy and unsteady lows, farther information is required, Thus Berouliseqotion, (1-6), s ut tol fer presure alu Tnton The neesary quantities ar taken from (2-111) and rr) % one eu whee the operator onthe right mean to take the el part ofthe quantity braces, For fores and moments on sing lose uri stendy fo, we have valle the lca Barus equations rone$f(@)2 em mom[-sf2(G)a] onoPororororoworoa 6 coxerapeeary ire ow four. 2 in the counterloserine moment exerted by the fui on the ‘rofl sbout an axis through the org, and Cis contour Chat surrounds the bes but no other singular of the How Fld i auch ex. Tn the iseneof external rngalaritin, the contour may be enlarged inde. ‘Thani 2) ean be expanded into an vere power seis in Z, which early lays the cue, we dently all ore eeoming from the 1/2 arm fu ll ment s coming from the 1/2" term.” We eonelude Ut an Mective soure or vortex, plus a nifem sre, wil ead toa reulant fore, ‘Moreover, s doubet may give Fie tow moment, at ean certain ‘ther combination of sore and vortex lite ring tions I~ In Tinted way, 2-113) and (2-14) can be extondod to apply to unsteady ows, The development follows Setion 641 of Mlne-Thompmon (G000), but a 'restrieton is required whieh isnot carefully tated tor et us coer «two-dimensional body whose position is ed and whowe ‘contour dos ot change wth toe bt whic ei an aeelerted stream {Tath or otherwise unstendy regime. See Fig 2-11. We derive the force ‘uation and simply write down its analog er the moment Lat Cp bea ‘contour coining with the fred body srface. We note that AP, ~ AdFy = ~pdy ~ ipa = ~ipd2, 8) sr ol 1Ze-% eu) ‘The quantity Ibsed“nonentotial increment” is dropped from (2-110) tines sven time fonction mill contribute nothing ta he total force oF ‘moment We matte ita 118) an, (0m the bly mace, ier, = 18 w+ oun va n0 ens) ee ee ee 2a ro-pneensowAt, COMTANT-DENEETY OW ry cornu ons inte Sate ee ettomtet ras oar = e119 faa ow = a, en) mE, ate a wi By Me e120) “The Inter hod tre ecmise wow. ey Finally, we integrate round the contour andoherve hat he integra! ofthe quantity a must vanish, f,G)erh, Se 8h Gyaroi fea crm In ths tr form the ites re esi ot rnd the oto seth ta apne ana tion of Ue arable een und cntur deformation pred the ol feels" eae wo pt singlron ay owed ds thi de rental nsch pts atte hand by ating secs So hell The ete Be wn for moment tay Tow mde anole f2() aed f we wone Here the second contour may not be deformed rom Cr since Z snot an salysefanetian of 2 "We cise this section by setting down, without prof, the twostinen ional counterpart of (2-28). Foran arbitrary Bld pont this there, ‘xprenen the veloty potential a follows: Hee the id mut be at rst at nity; ine integration around the body fentour scared outwith rapet to dummy variables, yan = VEE O SE en -* 7 2-124) pou} eran11 derawnobeere nse tow 1 uh « colerorrohvarrr ntsc How fens. 2 ‘The natural logvithe of ri tho potential of « two-dimensional line ‘source catered at pint x, yx. When diferetiated with rect to out ‘ward normal nis changed int live double! with sun pail ton 2-10 Two-Dimensionl, Constant_Density Flow: Conor! Transformations and Their Gave ‘Acomequence ofthe mapping Ueorem of Rima that the exterior of aay given sage closed figure, such wx an sil in the complex pane an be mapped into the exterior of any other cloeed fiat a the pane Dy an analyte relation ofthe fort 2=10) 19) See Fig 212. Thin requentiy convenient to ehoow cre forthe gure. ‘The angle beimeen any to intersecting lines fs preserved bythe tant formation; for example, ast of erthopnal tater in one plane also ‘tune out to bea st inthe other Ifthe point at ininty fe Yo remain chang te strat ca ay xpd a are des Into something of the frm A enn a. 2:12 An Metin ef than Ft snnced Show contra ‘eansformatica. . " 16s occasionally pointed out that special ease of conformal tant formation i the camper potential i, (2100), which ean be reared ana mapping of the sreamins and equipotent nt (@ + #8) pane, hee they tesme edn, hon ad etl ih Ti, reapctvely. “The practical signicane ofthe mapping theorem i tht it canbe wed ‘to transform one iotations!, eonstanedesity fw (2 with clement 1 i ee ee 2-10) coxmanmenrry row: cosfonaat Tawsvonsariont St boundaries int a econd fom e@ = eI, a2) vic bs a more completed boundary shape uoder te cota ofthe {easter Contour f engeering tert, sch an 8 pes wig, seta, are diy caine by propel hosing the function in 12) Cnt fray fom te Oo fires cn be het the mae, hn Slowing fr n proverb fg onion. ‘ect, ad consequently prema, ean be ttsforaed through the ration ge et ey, aay ane aaa 1 otows that 2-190) aod » being the cea and imaginary parts off apectiey, The equ tion of Blais ean be employed determine eutant fore and moment in ether of the two planes and he tanformatin of variable Isl is ‘pf when determining this information forthe Z-Sgure. To provide Staring points, many elementary complex potetia are known which ‘harctrineurfl flows with eeular boundaries. Several tstsformations have proved either historically or curently value for eonstruting fares ofall shapes and other two-dimen ‘ional Gguree with aeronautical pplcations, The reader i presumed to be familar with the Joukowsky transformation, and much canbe dove with very minor refinements tothe orginal vestigations of Kuta end ‘oukowsky. No effort is made to expose in deal the various stape that ive been eared ct by ciferet investigator, But ve do Tit elo umber of the move important traoformations and something about ‘heir eosequences 1. The Joubowshy-Kutta Transformation zara ean) 7 ‘erin postive real constant, and the so-called singular points of the transformation where the d2/dt =O ate oeted at f= orepond ing toZ = 421. When aplied to sutably lead cls inthe Fane, (@AI31) i well Known to produce lips, fat plate, ciculae are profiles ‘of zero thickross, symmetrical and arnered profes with their maximum thickness far forward and with approximately eirelarare eure ineswet 1 colerawesbuere tse dow) che 2 ‘The shape abtained actully depends on the loetion ofthe cise relative to te aforementioned singular points. eurped taling se i produced by psig the cle though te singular point onthe downstream side of the cle, 2. The on Mises Transformations. These tanormations ar pein! ae of the srg, (2-127), in which tetrad te inte aur of z +B om When an aioli being designed, the serie is contrustad by starting ‘rom te sngulae pat cation at eee S-[-Sh- HL] om ‘and eubmquentlyjategrted in clove form. By the rather laborious ‘proves of takand-error lation of wingulr point, many practical sic {cia were developed ding the 1920 Tein posable to adjet the thick ‘es and amber dstibution in a very general way. Interesting examples of von Miss and other aires wil be found dace in recent tk by ici (106), 2. The von Kérmén-Trefts. Tensformation. Tho method. derives from a seeme forgetting ri ofthe cusp atthe taling edge, produced by the forgoing clases of tawformation, and replacing itty 6 corer with a finite anger. Toate how it accomplien thi, eosier tans formation with'n singular point at t ~ fw corcponding tot pain 2° Ze, Inthe viinity of ths parGola singular port, its eany to bom thatthe teaaformaton ean be approximated by WE de= Att n>, @ she nn empl oma. ray guy q- 2 ‘ibe at the pont for m > 1, i i expete ta do. Let rand 69 be the modulus and argument of the comple vector emanating fom the Point Fo. Hruntion (2-19) ean be wetten ME — 20) = nAre'e—Meate — ry. a io, 218, continua lato ae AP, ping rah nga pit {he pln, tale by (1) nt ok iw 4B "This o aay, the lament of are d(f ~ fie rotated through an angle (@~ 1) in pang trom the pane to the Z-pane, if we overook the ‘fect ofthe constant A which rotates any line through To bythe same ‘eat Paar 213 donate ha he (artic dom fintinuow curve passing through the point £ — Fein the Fpane [proper elie fm, the breakin the cree which x prodused onthe Zane am be given any desired value between wand 2: Flo 214 Tlngdeeangle robe 7 {ert rode ty the tester nto (180 We have no trouble in showing thatthe Joukowsky and von Mises transformations are ess of n = 2. For instance, the Joukowsky can be ‘manipulated into 2 Pr ia- [Rl on Von Kérmin and refs (1018) sugpted replacing (2-138) a8 follows a eam eam ra~ ‘An in Fig. 2-16, the outer angle between th upper and lower surface of ‘he srl at itt traling edge (T-E) i now (2 — 1), 800 fie interior nal hs been introded and ea be selected at wl Ti similar fashion actor Ceoe FF corknasnodearry fase rlow | fete, 2 ‘am be neue inthe von Mines equtin (2-188). Then if the eel in ‘he Eplane is pase through the point f= fre 89 adjustable trang ‘dg in provided forthe reaalting prof, 4. The Theodorsen Transformation.” Theodoren's method. sod the sever extensions which have been suggttad fort ate capable of con Sieucting the ow around an afl or other sg objet of completly ‘citar spe. All that is needed ie some srt of tae or equation pro- Viding the erinaes of the desired figure. ‘The preset bie dnc will emphasise the epplizatio to the aol ‘The tasformationiacualy carried out in two steps. Fit the ail ‘seat a the Zplaoe aa clone at pomible to where a similar ehaped ‘Toukowaky airfoil woald fall. Tecan be proved that thie will invae locating the Joukowrky singuae pointe Z'= +2! halfway betwoon the ‘owe and the tog edge and thee repective enter of erent (OF couse, if the trailing edge pointe, the singulaity Z = —2U fal ight fom it) By appringJoukowaky's taosformaton in revere, the aio in {tunlormed into w “poeuocitl” inthe Zplane 2 aanek 140) "The scond procedure ithe conver- : tion ofthe padodiele to an exact circle centered at the origin in the & [plane by Hered detemiantion the coofisientain the esaformay 2 voc et z= se0(5S)- aun a the Cy ome cotta “The to i of the Posen a Monte e a8 ven fA Totus comider the two step in a ile more deta‘ We rte Barta, Qi wee, as) ia 2-18. An thateton ofthe ‘That ia the argument of 2 ie sag of Tendo’ tentrmston, Fe ure et hi rena we Then (19), Thonn snd Gav (i, and Abba von bere, ad tes 1) 210 covdtaxrarberrs nde: courbauan rbwarondnions #55 snot by # and its modulo ie lt Ie ent ical to drive the diet i inverse relatonahipe between the coordinates of the foil and ‘eee: 2 = Blea yous 0) y= Bisinh Yin, 7 2eint = p+ VOTE oun 2enhy = p+ VPP GIT »-1-(2)-()" 15) [Note that ¢ willbe quite «small number for pre of normal thickness sd camber. "The funtion ofr the preudoice may be regarded as known at 8 many pata a env Werte write Rat = Ihe oun where Far point on he wo contour only th trformatin, (2-1), an be nue wale ze = = eply—vo +i — 0, 8) “Theorem (1031) adopted the apmbol «to denote the shift in argument ing rom the 2 the plano, 2 = complld — 40) +0 ~ 9) =o ens wing : (esi) wears ve = E (2-152) vow El — Becco ng + A sin n 158) <-E[-Bewtsan] @ “These wo equations imply that — 4a) nd ear conjugate quits. “They ar epremed as Fourie sere in he variable go thatthe standard formulas for invite Fourier eofients could be employed if these Tromtes mere hire in tvs of Moreover, the conjugate property‘ean be ued to relat the fantionn ean ¥ diet, a fllome wr bf vorea(*5 4), ern Wo= nsf domltzt)a eu In actuality, only ¥() i avaiable to begin with; # ean be regarded as a St approximatoa to ¢, however, and 2-154) employed to get fit ‘ctimaje of Buation (2-150) then yieks an improved approximation to ¢ and to (4), 50 that (2-158) may be used ina erative fshion to btn converged formal forthe desired quantities For typical ails itis found that this proces converge very rapidly, and the numeral Integration of (2-150) need bo iterated only once oto. Of eure, it ‘necessary tobe earefluboat the pole aingalarty at = #. As deaeribd in the references, Theedoren’s s-alled emethod has ‘many ues inte theory of low-aeed alo For intanee, oe ean gener te fui of profes from asaumed forma ofthe funtion). Apron Iaate means have bea developed, starting from an ail of known shape nd preaure distribution, for adjusting thi prwate dition in ‘ksi fashion. This scheme formed the bai forthe lamina flow profes Fn, 218, Comnation betnenorfced and metsrd rome dation re the ne ner rrae os Ck ¥en Bert geomet inte “ide 18 min Toone nee chee weapon ‘Beene ase t tli ada Foes 1 ‘re nereal consent ax tre w thick played such an important rol in the erly 1940, Their shapes ‘tintin a carefully adjted, favorable prsere distribution to assure the Tongeet posable laminar run prior to traostion in the boundary layer. Twn tune! tts, they achive remarkable redvtina in fiction drag: Unfortunate same fedetioon cannot unl be obtained i eng ‘eeingpactio, and some of the profits have wndorablecaraceritos ove teil fight Mach number. Figure 2-16 shows m partiality nace example of the comparison tctween prosore dstibuton measured on an aifoll and prdited by this salad "emethod.” 5. The Schoart-Chistofel Transformations. These transformations sce ier in detail in any advance tet on faretioy of «complex ‘arable. They Turis useful general techniqe fr eorstreting Hows ‘rth Boundaries whieh are made up of straight-line wrens. 2-11 The Kutta Condition and Lit As is familiar to ovey stadent of aerodynamic, Joukowsky and Kutta covered independently the nood for ckeulation to readee the tor ‘dimensional, ontant-densty ow arcund «Bure with «pated taling ‘sige pytally reasonable Thien simple example ofa sheme ft Bx the othervne indeterminate eclation around an iveducble ath in ‘doubly connected regi. Tt one of a msm of waye in whieh Viscosity ‘an be introded at lea inietiy into aeedyaamie Cary without ‘cual stving the eqetinns of Naver and Stakes ‘The drelatin gives tise to8 lift, which m connected with the continually inerating Kelvin Iimpule ofthe vortex pir, one ofthe vortices being the creation bound to the ai, while the other is the "starting vortex” that was generated st the instant the motion bean. ‘With reapet tothe iting wil, we reproduce afew important result from Sections 70-73 of Milne Thompeen (100) Let the role and theritle wich x being trannformed int tbe related ashowa in Fig. 2-17 {wo-dimensionl stream Dieton oft Lom the ao i ShowsPorro a a ag 58 conarase.nenarry revit PLOW lous 2 1s assumed thatthe tenformation orn 1! eared 2158) nih take the cle nto thease is known, Tan be proved tha he enating fore normal to the oncoming rear and eal to =u, es ‘ere Tie the cielation bound tothe all, which inedentally may or raya eatny te fll Kuta onditon af moat fo of fromthe taling figs IC thi eoediton in entirely me, whichis equivalent to neglecting ‘he ect of diplacment tienes of the boundary layer and the wake {Dike at he tring eda, then the creulaton i given by P= trUeasinan: (2158) All the quanttes bere ate defined inthe gure. Tn particule, on ‘athe angle of etek between the actual stream direction and the eri (ZL) ection, determined aa line parle to one between the center of te etl In the f-plane and the point #7, which transforms into the ‘iol eling edge. Combining 2157) and (2158), we eompate the it b= teptlasin evs, (190) From thie we fad thatthe iveurve slope, according tothe tandard troll definition, i lighty in exon of, eoducng precisely to 2 ‘nthe ail Booman na plate of oro theese, when the radioe 1 ofthe ee becomes equal to a quarter of the chor, “The arfll is found to pom an aerodyeamie enter (A.C), moment asi about which the pitehing moment fndependeat of ang of wack, ‘Tai pine Toated on the Zplane as shown in Figs 7.52 and 7-38 of MiloeThonpagh (1960). The moment about the sredypami enter Myc. = —2x002" sin, co160) a= cyt 181) Figure 2-18 gives sme indication ofthe accurmey with whic ft and ‘momenta be predicted, The theoreti value of seo for drag in tro mensions is fhe ost prominent fale of nvield flow methods. Tt ‘epreents a teary achievable eal, however, ax evidenced by the it-o- {rag rat of alot 200 fom a earofllyaeanged experiment, whieh is ‘reported on page 8 of Jones and Cohen (1960). where aay!) uetaores chworrod ano ute | Use io, 2-18 Comparans atnsen pedicel sd mensred it eons an, eeracctord moment eects fran NACA G12 sill “Una tery ‘aati cedars, wees he meetin ivare changing oe ‘enon cg) ao fo ake deans gnc withthe ewe Ht atm ‘Siecle [Aun rom Pig 9 of Pkt (1900) Mor inlarmatin wil be found in Caper 4 of Thies (190) om refaed mag of ealeaatng soostant density flow around two-dimen eu "Tn partie, these inode elerence to w modern theory by ‘Spenor and others which makes allowance or he boundary aye ‘hekoess thd hun is ehe to cary the ealulaton of lading up to much higher ‘Shales of tack, even approaching the all241 Introduction ‘The tieatment given in the preaeding chapter is of ity Limited practical se fr engineering problems Consant-ensity iid and rotational ‘how is there rather considered as physical model fr subsonic fows in mera fom which itereting qualtative information ean be extecad tht not avay acurate quantitative rele. Ths, despite d'Alembert paradox, the dag in two-dimensional flow i etaniy na sr, bat the Droper interpretation othe theoreti rts asin tend tare) Flow, drag foros are goualy much ual than either lito free de to unsiady motion. The practical conclaon one can draw fom the inviscid moda tht fow epaaton shoud be avoided at all ent Tht calls for rather Bunt-cced shapes with no abrupt slope or earvaine ‘hanges or protuberances, and: With gently sloping rear portions, Ley “reamed” bodies, ‘Apart fom the drag which in dominated by wneoty—the very thing ‘that was neglect inthe sinplied modet—the contan-denity theory ‘sable in many predel cases to produce remarkably god approxima tion to pear distributions for speeds ews than, ay, Bl the peed of sound.” Unfortunately, the eleulation of ive Gow for shapes of n= neving intrest i sully so dificult that one i forced to make sone forthe approximation in nde to ctain a reul.. For all the imple “shapes considered in Chapter 2 (withthe exeption oferta if and te lipids witb large fneess rts) the noniacoussautons happen to be ast eotpetaly wees since i realty Ue ow wil parte and ‘the winlied mol then less its validity. The example emphasize the {et that extreme enution mint be xen when ig the Piel mol ‘toobtain approximate engioering multe rather thas jst o gins goer ‘galtative undertanding ofthe physical situation ad the mathematical “teactre ofthe problem. Coaademble insight generally equa to Judge when spied model wil provide 8 ufo int spproxtation to an actual physical situation, ‘The disusion may safe to emphasize the basi diference between Dyseal models and sppeosimate solutions; forthe former, ane ack a ‘rat wlution to simplified and very often anata! poblem wheres, my skin in he ter, oe wk iid tint a rls The tion sai say te kgm mad toa Bralvoe creat Foreamp fe etna model ofa © Tyseley oa he poo a we wl coer Thee ane cay of muds trea wl aponnatians We stat dsc ical needs wch te on monly el a SRiftan rons "Ow b te ein tn pore of 4 eal ‘lic the fit le inhi xn may Uy fa be oe EASES postal naa, Se the expan hat wl be heuned Sale tahea ddr nthe mere rtd ni "atari of lena secs hve en vet eect et anon med so aed he al ‘ipstarerpat es sper ash guy teem Stith ete chica say tte isthe sean ig return mnie ef sud pens, i he ey ded Forage Toe en Tao Fea _———_| sees OO |—__—=_} a. | — | es "Seeded eon ‘ia, $1, Uso ste expos fr obtaining approximate tons o aero o. 23) B+ os ‘The sltion of 8-22) is 3 om Obviowiy, this coresponds to the tlution (1-10) fo ange tne, the ter olution. ‘The determination of the onwant Az must mal for the moment. “The noe wluton happens in avery short tie, Therefor, inorder to ‘be able to study the souton wth camera, we teed Co mage” the repon of interest. Ths ie ehieved by sehing the independent variable.” A suitable stretching isin the prevent example cialaed by Introducing forthe inner sation z* = 2 ana new independent vara Paes om hich tensors the diferent equation (3-17) and boundary eondisions| (G-18) and (6-10) ato ee Te te atmo, 2) on 2Hd a cnnarbe morte yeh o sandctan ephronnarfow poets ferhe. 3 "Bepaowion in 6 keeping ied, aow gives the following ner erpanein oa, om 28 Hho om _ e+ noo oan 1s important to apy att the ret amount of stretching in oder to ‘st dvfl inner wotion, Inthe premnt cate me were guided by the Bgscal sight int Uhe problem which tell us that inthe lowest-order {orm there atould bea balance betwen inertia ad damping terms, such ts resin i (@-30) If one appli too much tretehing, for example, ty meting itn of (828) ee, om tho featuresallowing ane omnth the nner and outer snlutions (ee below) ‘woul be lot. Thus with (-32) the equation for the lowest-order term ‘onl be ee e 7 : vith the elation alco Bed Tn other words, the “magsifaton rato" i large that ony the inl Tinea portion of the alton ean be ene Vt epi vew, Thin i seated ia . Fig. 22 The amount of stetching eon foro prblem is unl ent om he physie ofthe prob Pi, 3-2. Cc of sketching fr Ie; however, a ebeck on tia wl l-Sone stn vray be mother the expaion works, “The aolution of (8-30) satisfying the boundary ondtions (2-27) and ome ee ox sich in equvaent vo 12. "To complete the zerothorder solution it romaine to determine the ‘onant jin (2-24), Let un eae thatthe validity of Ue Inner and Sater wolutons overlie in some ragon off and that i this region we sa! V aaendson ch tean ee n6T can fin = Hah hat we hve gio oo and 7 lilo = = om Buch a choice would be, for example, 1/2, Reming the (wo expan ‘Som to overap inthe init gv ince the inner sluion is expressed (function of = 7) 2 e0 = i 0) ow (2) = 0. om “Thin terme he mit malhing prep which in word may be sated ar folows ‘The oer mit of the in expansion othe Gamer init of the ne expan. rom (9-38) i follows that sd from (8-20) plying the lait matching principle, co ve : os) ich a toa ater maton ena oe previ ne tid oh tue ein See ea pec hing bt formation of the a nial apc capable bene teed st eno anyon wich th naire een First, a “construct a comporite solution that is uniformly valid to Ser ve eon 0 tin waa oo ‘is sce that thie luton in vew ofthe matching approaches the inet TADS acutons inthe inner aod ater eon, respectively, and caries Ee aMEtty in between them. In the problem considered, the aeath- tres somite solution becomes en1 o sscotan PERTORRATION PROBL totan 3 ‘To prowed to the next higher approximation it fllows from (3-28) snd (6-20, (@-30) thatthe next ter in the outer expansion iw slution “ ow le te Hate + (4a) ‘a jetet h ein s n 03 o i Sag ow een ta el thm AE 4 Blt = Tet, (45) ‘Th cotants Ai and are tobe determined och that the inner bound say condition (9-27) and (5-28) ae fll. Since Ue lowestorer term Tansey taken eae of thee, = and ie St drrative must both be tere. This iver Ai=—at a) snd hence Heme mtet on “The two-term inne expansion is thus Hedtelst—etee eh teh) 64H or, expres in the outer (physlel variable Bett aad het ssa ety, 649) “The two-ternt outer soliton in obtined from (3-28) and (3-1) tobe Fidefeeie® 680) ‘The behavior ofthe near the inner Limit may be obtained by svies expan lon in The st term in auch an expression are Mentatce =a = ap, es Tn the iner expansion, on the other hand, the exponential term willbe ‘eligible ace ote iit and ta wea 4D os) pe elke resent rom opr of (0a (2) Ut he ro ons ae Apa? (50) ‘The pre ay be fran a fn: ape the mem nae rar rrabler and tke the mer oer expansion of ti Fea ue Si 2 Then the twoter utr exatsion of the {ovtem iner expansion a tained ro (5-40) sett tte oon ‘Next, expen the two-term ote expansion in nner variables, This vet Pact dl sates 58) ‘Take the twoterm expanton of thi. Thin elds Berd belt 38) Reexpres this in outer variables. Hence Beiot tat on guatng (9-57) and (264) given AT = 2s before, We have shown a no hing rnp Ral nd Lage TaN a te tated atte (oa Dok, 16 trates (mir fn xpi ri tendo i ee ae epntn) the eke io, 34. Compares of vrioe apposition fore = mk? = 0ee vn ee ee | 0 svdou saereneaTIow PRoabans fous. 3 ‘This prininl sould bold for any combination of and m, aot only ‘when they are og! in the present cae ne poe ha wl etd efi, may the iit ‘aching principle willbe ed." We tay now some! a compen ‘pansion vb to ft onder by ating 7 Baste a= +200 ree? 56) In Fig 2-4 are shown the vatous approximate sluions for ¢ = 0.t sogether with the ext solution. At sen, the fist-onder composite solution gives rather good approxiation tothe exaeesltion every here, and the next term wil probably ascot for practically al ofthe ‘ean dierent, ‘Wemummarze now the main elements ofthe method: Ay ) Wtiog the diferent equations ins nondimenioal frm, (Stable slg fhe independ varie to magi te nner so fen ob oda he eo Sa ne, vere expan of then eth mal per ‘the stretched coordinate fixed gives the inner expansion. Noe {s) Maing the ne aCe expr eepety. {5 Contig te compete pansion “he method of match erp xpi hs ben ted co {uly in wide rity of fo pls el etn of ‘hii, nd for owe pole nly amie Tn the singe spation ft mte'we wl wldm proced Sei oranda hm hin tag rie uray sine As compote pn wl ony ry ‘considered. . ™ vy ney 4 Effects of Viscosity 1 Inoduction Viseou ows at high Reynolds numbers consttte the mot obvious sample of singular perturbation protems, ‘The vives malic the Figher-oder derivative terms inthe NavierStokes equations, ad thee srl therfore ia the limit of nro viseoity degenerate fo a lower order. ‘The boundary condition of zero tangential veoity on the body (or of continuous velocity inthe stream) is therefore lot. This necesita the introduction of thin boundary layer next to the body eontitating the ‘nner region whete the inviscid equation arent niformly valid. Unfor~ tuna, nly avery etree lua of vsemieflom problems ean be scalyasy the diet uso the method of matehed asymptote expansions. Fira, nly for avery ited cas of tin wil the Boundary ayer remain ‘tached to the body surface When reparstion oar, the faction of the region where viscosity is important ie oo longer row print. The esond fiat that for very high Reynolds numbers che flow in the Tounday layer becomes unstable and trunnion to trbulncy ceca. {Af yt, complete theory Tor prodting rbalent flow erate "Blore coerng come of the model problems that nay be analyzed, sve wl give a shrt description of the qualitative eft of vce. $2 Quuliaive Bets of Viscosity 1 common feature of most flows of engineering interest tht the sesty of the Mui is extremely smal. The Reynolds number, Re = Uns, which gives an overall mesure of the rato of inertia forces to ‘eos frees, iin typical sronatial application of the order 10° or ‘more. For large ship, Reynoie numbers ofthe order 10" ae common. ‘Visit ean then only produce sgnfeat fore in region of extemal igh sea, Le, im extremely thin shear lyers where there ia substantia ‘atation of velcty wea he ereamlines ‘The thickness ofthe laminar ‘oundary layer on's Bat pate of length |i approximately > 3i'/Re. For Re = 10%, 5/1 0.005, which i wo thin that it cannot even be ‘latated in figure without expanding the sale normal to the plate ‘Atuulent boundary layer har a eonaideably eater thickness, electing ita bigher drag and therfore larger momentum low an approvinate formule given in Schlichting (100), p- 88, is /0-~ O37 /Re!. BorBT eescds or vioster FT ek. « Re = 10 this ive = 0.02, hich irate mal, Visit io cnly imprint in very wnall porto of the taunt Boundary nyt ‘at the arc, ate "race ebge” ‘he tuition fom a lanier to aren bounty lye i very computed pron hat depends env mary factor that pee gre tor tamsionReyealdsnuber cannot tw ge, Por ft pat ‘ery ie! re se one vig ale ely Mt tan item 001% on) rnin crea appeal dane ‘rr th ing ede oraponding te = 910%, With wrt inte of ony 0.2% inthe oncoming es sa ha ao pol ‘ur decree to about 1% 10% ‘The tans ae fr beyond thao wiht Dunary myer fet sata tly cis ‘ow that on a fat pate hn cea at Re IOP The compa ‘eis of event betwen the point were sail fiat etsy ntl {anion errs ns ny recent bee aie ne Kite Titre, And Sargent, 100. ‘Tramiion ie stonlyInfenod hy the prem feat the fon megtve (atrale’) pesre gant tends ‘ly itand pene (hve) oe tnd oaks oset some, Al ‘racial rao amb one an sate tat hain tudry age {at cry be maintained pt the punt sini peu on fe itl ‘n'a socalled amiar-Sow io one tecoe pars ts am ae ‘ek othe ia aml in rer tay to tebe paar ‘einai Lana ai work vce fer modesty igh Reytlds number (<107) and low it eet ba require ex Sealy woth eras node Yo aol roma anion, “i vey igh Rejols amber aston sta oturing nthe ean of 00 20 pre wade ‘Bath ain ad turbulent boundary layer wil pane they have {ofp truth exteive eu of vee fremie gedit, Sepnon ‘ill elvaya er fr assole ws hp sooty, bens taste reste grdent would become infte in the abc of brandy ity, ‘ypanampls of uneparted ad sepa fowsae sor i Fi 41. Ta parte Sow there alaye be frulent vake ee FT 252 a rrrr— Copel fw ate Pio 1, rama high Royal umber ows Aner inde regions wy! " souwnknr save ow a har rahe ' ts ‘chind the body. Tn principle ane could have instead a region of fitty ‘giecent ow i the wake, parted rom the outer fow by thin mina? ‘heat layer attached Yo the ainar boundary layer on a body. However, tire een Inger Iki the restraining fet of val, ml be highly ‘stable and wll Uerefore turn turbulent almost immediately. Boone ‘ofthe momentum los de to the turbulent mixing inthe wake th dra. ‘ofthe body willbe quite Ire. Oa this sci ata smal ange of attack ‘the boundary layer wil neparate at the sharp taling edge but there will bea wre small wae 20 that a good model forthe fow the attached ow withthe Kutt condition forthe inviseid outer low determining the ‘orale. 463 Drantry aer coat Pte Weta sua h nu ana igh Rel ante mt seating i hate aunt Tab ep se boi scr reo tn wr tgeiedell le ter beans Row Nave Seas athe Seton of ote ad 20. a DB e e reno ‘Te tuna colin ae ha hwy vn ne he Peo a's sae ere" Socal fo e.0) <0 OH tose 9) pom ‘We have aemimed that the loading edge ofthe plate i ested atthe on oe Fig 4-2) Dy ansing tht te pte Pg 2. tamiar boumlary temisnfnite one aide the problem of aur over a at ate onidering patra ct rom the trilng edge. ‘Those ar stally quite eal and do not show up in the ‘oundy lager approximation to be derived Tn the prose of istduciog noadimensanal cordinates © minor culty encountered bens there sno natura length in the peor {which spatial cordinatn could be rere. We wil rma thie by bling an abitracy reference length and thereby imply num {hatte bear fhe satin for # = O() ands = O() wil be ton « fer > 0, 2)Pororo ob a tad ” prners oF wcostry lems « ‘The appropiate nondimensional variables to be ued are thar faa fault = 00. oe P= pie “Theo transform the estem (4-1)-6-) into vtuh + Woy “ otwe + we «o vt an UE = WE =O for > 8) Uthat for te, « pant for fae. 10) “Th asterisks willbe dispensed with rom now on. The equation of cone ‘insty maybe eliminated the outset by introducing the stream uncon Vo that u=% en wan oy) ‘Substituting these ita the equation above we obtain Vite — thn «a 88 + We on *e,0) = ele, 0) es) . We,2) = 1, oo) + hee) Be rey ‘The oes tank to tty an appropiate small parameter «This me «dn by considering an inner expansion ofthe form Vane a eH, om Pen = hel + 19) task ~™ nthe expansion (18) ther cannot be any term of zeroth oder bene there the U-corponent| avast en 0.00 0 9 po G 4) BOUNDARY Laven 8 4 ruat rare % ‘would become infite as ¢—+ 0. [There ean be no term of the form ‘YC because ofthe boundary eonditin (-15).) Upon intodacing 8-18) sd (4-19) nto 4-12) and retaining only the lowest-order terms we obtain the — Wheelin = male + PROM 22) “The ofect of vsosity is given bythe lat term. In order to retain iin thelimit of «Owe ose to st em Rey, «em Having establchd ewe introduce the sven (4-18) and (4-18) nto 4-1), sd ths to lowest order, Phe an This shows that pe «function af «ony; in ater word, to the lowest corde, the presure ic constant aro the boundary layer We now tm tothe outer flow and eet wtete, 25 Reet 6) ‘Upon mbatitation into the Navier-Stokes equations we obtain CE EN Fate be) Shs ett oe tea Pee PePWe ey wn oo) +6 Vee + hae Fo) = ot er 29) “Thus, the terme of oer € give Siti 29) Veins + tte 9) runtons (4-20) and (4-90) ate procely Bale equations or an inn flow. Since the low mut be rotations er upetrat, therefore ust be irotational everywhere to saath onder, 0 that vy <0, ap By subtttion into (4-27) and (4-2) itis sen that the Ist. term vanishes and enc the fw i eotatinal oft onder, Upon eotining the proces it found thst the How i otatinal to any onde, ne vat emPorro ropa ag % eracrs oF vconery leur. 4 fn int of thf etn for «pte flow ven ‘Bernoulli's equation 7 P= m= HOOD? + 0 ‘hich given her in ita nondimensonl frm [To determine the outer ston uniquely we need to eect the normal ‘ocity onthe boundary (Ibe pate) However, ths is oetad ine the ‘noes region and thus outaide te region of valiity of the outer luton ‘Ths boundary condition must Uerefore be obtained by matching Ceo tnd inner slition for. We have =, 39 Wee 8h oti, — oat 7 on We ete oi, (39) “sing he Hit matching prin we then od ° - a9 fe Ne ee a 1 fallow dey fom (4-28) that the ater fw mst prt “undisturbed one: eel Wns sy 39) 1s ofcourse ala evident trom tho physio of the problem. From (1-24) ‘matching ofthe prsure flows that ran 40) ‘od (4-22) tn takes the folioing for: co ‘otic tat this etation contains only z-derivative of ft order Ita ‘ parole diferetial uation, ike the equation of heat conduction (with = replacing time)" A eharctrns feature of uch an equation 1 tha it solthns admit no upeteam infuenen ‘Thus the aumpion fan fn pate introduces actully no practical estiton on the rel, ‘ng wll be equally valid fora nite plate ‘The inner boundary conditions for are thon given by (4-18), hil = ¥,0)—0 fer z>0. 4a) ‘The remaining boundary contin reuted for the thin-oder equation (4-41) tin the outer repon and mut be obtained through matching, 7 cao) Ur = Visese) + evtaesal + ah ‘Upon matching by setting U%G, 2) = U0) and wing (4-38), we obtain inthe i a 8 alec) = 45) ‘The thre boundary eopditins (4-42) ad (4-45) completely apeity the ‘lation of (41. tls pusbl wo solve this nosiner nation in the presen ease hy eecking a tli sltion ofthe form (on Sehlieting 1960, p. 13)" w= VES, 49) where r= WE ‘his transfrmation gives an ordinary differential equation fr J, nary om 4) 9) “The solution of (4-47) mut be abtainnd merical A table off may be found, for example, in Sebicting (1960), p12 The solution (440) is Dini’ solution of Prandtl’ boundary ler equations. Having ¥ we sy eu calelate 7, From the matching condition (67) aod (48) itso that, Uy = 08082, 50) (0) = ei Ve where the constant hasbeen evsunted from the numerical sation, We eed saluton of Laplace's equation satyng (0) vn the postive ‘axis and giving vanishing velco at infty. The east way to Fd this is employ complervaraben Let Yortin «sn ‘Then sltion of Laplace's uation i given by that = FO, a 1 Te deaitions (4-40) and (447) der from the in Seeing 1960) by he near of 2 wah ar trod nds ta make (4) 149 eeor here is any analyte faction. ‘The velocity component are given by a 1eiveay vied ha he appropri ton ro) = -ariv® sn “ ‘Vim -179 Re (¥™}, (4-88) ‘rom this the ftorder velocity perturbations inthe ote Row may be ‘cleulated an henes the presure from the Bermoul equation, (433) ‘An interesting eal rom (438) i that onthe plate (e = 0) the pers ‘urbation i roto ft order, and the presuteprtabation onthe plate ‘soy of (at moat) order ‘Tye boundary eocition (480) forthe fender outer fw may be btsned ina diferent aod phyially more instructive way. Conse the inter! fs Ca-voe ) ‘Tis called tho “Uiplacement thsknen," because the effec of the owing dow of the fi inthe boundary layer onthe flow outset is ‘quvalnt to that of body of thiskne #, To seoth order unormly ‘alid approximation to Us given in our peobem by Wy ad we ths ‘btu after changing integration variables toy (VE [50-19 = eR lim 9 — N= Utes. 8) ‘The equivalence ofthe iting vale with that ocuring in (4-80) easily seen tine fn) = I. Afiow tha i ange toa thin body ofthis ek ts shoul oa fet approximation bave 760) = Vat = oscseiva, whisk i dente to (4-50. Since typical values of inter forthe sal parameter are 0001-001, ‘ne would expect good agreement between the finder theory and ‘experiments. As sen from Fig. 4-2 thin indood the ease; the exper ‘ntl points are almost indtngushable fom the theoretical curve “Tha Blasas solution jst deserbed was the fie occeeful temp to ‘sive Prana more general boundary layer esuations, "These real aa the fimt-rder ines term inthe present expansion seem when the sro ‘order outer low snot rested to the trv parle fow ain the ese 1 ” of poof io, Velocity dba ina fat-late Boundary Inge, Adapted roe ‘Bunda Layer They by H Shieh. Copyright ® (60) Mere Book Company. Uae by permimion of SleGra il Book Campan ‘omaiderd. Aseume for simplicity thatthe plate i ill at and located Slag the ni but that some outside Gstarbance i esunngw pesre Aistibtion diferent from nero on the plate. Agtin, the zerotiorder ‘ate fow gives w unifrmiy valid npprosmation to the pressure, alo In the Boundary layer, and the diferent! equation forthe frstardr inser salution becomes An = —pe.0) + Ma 88) ‘which is equivalent to Prandtl boundary layer equations. One ca easily fe that this wil lo give a fistrder approximation for «curved body, Drovided =i taken along the surface and # normal to it The matching condition i UG, 2) = UO, em that is alec) = ile 0) = UG O. oo But now U*2,0) i elated though Bernoulli's equation to the presse Aiton va eon,en oe % _errers oF viscosery loan & sd no longer cota. Only for s very rca elas of prerare Astebutons x pombleto Sind selmi solutions and hence rece {he pata diferent equation (4-58) to an ordinary one, When hi i ot posible ope hast ocr ta some approximate med of auton, ‘Aisin of some proposed methods may be Tound in Seliehtng 1980, ving evaluted the order inser solution one may prossed to talelate the Fistor fect on preaure. Ar war seen thin told be htsined i an equialent manner by considtig Une original bey to be ‘ieee bya amount equal to the displacement thekoew of the bound ary layer. Sine the later is extromely smal, the fistrderefeet on rose fs ally neg from «practic! pit of view. Hlgherorder solutions may'be oblaned by continuing the expansion procedure wing the axymptatic matching principle. T taro out thatthe ‘xpusion Deora nonunique after tro terms, presumably base of Ngherrde long-range fect from dturbanee atthe leading edge Fore thorough dicusion of higerorder boundary Iyer proximation, the reader refered to Van Dyke (904). ‘Thin-wing Theory 51 Iatrodseton In ths chapter we shal derive the equation af mation governing the tub or mupernnie flow around thin wings Although this problem may be handle by simpler regular perturbation mathod, we shal ere send le the method of matchel asymptotic expansions for basally two retons. Pir, the present method gives a sare picture ofthe tna linearised formulation us tat for an outer flow for whish the wing in the Tint elles onto plane (taken to bes = 0), Secondly, the vintaritee and dimes between the sl prolen and that fora slender body {trevoltion, which wl be teste inthe fllowingehapr, wil be nore ‘readily apparent; in fc, as wil later be seen, the lender toy theory formulation ean be obtaized fom the two-dimensional aif cae By ‘means of«smple mdifeaton ofthe inner solution, “The procedure wil be eared out in detail for twodinensinal flow ‘only, but the extension to thes dimensnas quite taightforvard. The fitter inthe sre expansion ea o the well-known liner wine theory Tn this chapter, the solutions for trodinensonalfow are gives sexumples, Thove-dineaional wing wl be cotsdered alae chapters ‘The ease of transoiefow requires special reatneat and wil be deferred to Chapter 12 5-2 Bspansion Procedae forthe Equations of Motion Anticipating the thre-ineasional wing ete, for whith the standard hoe i fo orient the wing Inthe z, plane me sal thi ime sneer ‘wo-dimensonl flow inthe «plane around thin ail cated ily slong the asi with the reer of wnoity Un the dieton ofthe Dosive ass as before. Thus, fering to Fig, 5-1, we let the location {Of the upper and lower iil erfaces be given by f= ale) ~ a9) + OR) — ae 81 = is) = m2) + Mla) — as, where ¢ isa small dinensinlos quantity messing the maximum cos wise extension ofthe aio, r ie thinknem ratio, the nrg of tach, And Pisa measar of the amount of canter. ‘The functions ie) and Ke)rong Poros cn ‘maevtve rasan leur 5 eS at) Aefine the distribution of ticker and camber, respectively, along the ‘hord I wl be anumed that and fare both sronth ad tat and Ware of ode of uaty everywhere along the cord A unt leading edge Js thus excluded. In the lit af ¢ 0 the aol oles to 8 sent sloog the pass assumed to be located between z= O-and 2 — We ‘vile the leuing terme ns serie expansion in eof #fo be ned wea pprotintion for thin atoll with seal camer ane angle of aac, "For two-dimensional steady Bow the diferent equation (I-74) for & sips vo (= Oita +a — Ahn — Mh = 0, 6) where the velit af sound i given by (1-87, whi, forthe present ese, nplis to waa tplerseop oo From # the prssre canbe oblaned using (1-8): conta —2gtore ete) eo ‘The boundary conditions ate that he ow ie undisturbed a infty and tangent tothe io wre Hence tn bas a os ened wd ‘Auiidoaal boundary conditions required to make the snuton unique for ubsoie Bow are that the premie is eontinoour at the teling ee (KutiaJoukowsky condition) aod lao overythere outside the elf. Ina sspenonis fom, presurediowntimites must catty the Rankine. “Hlugoit shock canons. However, to the approximation conidered her toe are always aatomatclly atid, Steely speaking, per ee eee 5.2) expansion mnoceortee von EarsTios# OF Moris 8 soaie ow with curve stocks is noninetropie, and hense nangoenta but the fleets of entropy variation wil ot bef to within the appro Imation eoaidered bere, provided toe ash amber e oderate ‘Wes ft an our expansion of the frm Fm Watttese) + tte, 2) oo ‘Tho factor Us ie iacuded for onvenine; in this manner the fst patil Aevvstives of the @yterns will be rondimensioea Since th atl in Ue limit of € 0 eallapses to line paral athe fee steam, thereat ‘order term must represent parallel unditured fow. Thue on By introducing Une serce (5-6) into (6-2) and (5, and sing (57), ‘we obtain ater equating terme of ore « =I het Oh = 0 os ‘The ony boundary eovition available fo thi fr that flow perturha- hone ie ani at larg dtances, Sabi, 0 for VTE oo) ‘The remaining toundary conditions belong tothe iner region and are tbe obtained by matching, ‘The inner ston i sought the form Udita.) + ele + eat EL G10) here rash om ‘This stretching enables u ta study the flom in the mediate neghbortond of the iil athe limit of ¢~» 0 sine the airfiow shape then remains Independent of (ce Fig. 5:2) wad the wth ofthe imerregion becomes order} Unity. The serodrorder inner term i that of « paral fom, that ix, #5 = 3, because the inner fw ae well asthe outer flow must be praia in the imi e+. (This could of course alan be obtained from the matching procedure) From the expreton forthe Wizomponent, a Fo. $2. Ain arte ethan) tooo], 61) Comdate tem waste veinPororoy op a ag Pa ‘rawevne eeoey fous 8 sr oe diet that mst be independent of 2 say — 242) ich in geoeal is diferent above and below the noi), otherwise W would not ‘ath inthe iit of zero «. Hence (5-10) may dvetly be simple to = Vile + a) + POME,2) Hood oo By substituting (6-13) int the dieretial equation (5-2) and the amo: ‘itt boundary condition (6-8) we Bod that a= 0 - tea we ne = (6-15) te 1149 ‘he ten te in april + Deel), (16) for > Ju with a imi expromion for ¥ < J, ‘Thin rm nana that 0 Jowestonr the streumlines are parallel to the srl mrfece throughout “The inner wlution cannot, of cour, give vanishing ditarbances at infty nine this boundary condition belong tothe eater region. We therefore nd to rotch the inner and eater solutions. This ean be done In tno may ster one cane the Init matching principe for Wor the seymploue matching principle for 8. From (5-10) i follows that "is ‘plependent of to lowest oder, hance in the aur Limit. on Now Wm ae ow Equating the iter limit (¢ = 04) to (-17), we obtain the flowing ‘boundary condition: uno = om — toon) = 9h om Dy ming mt we fd tt = io os ‘Todetemine 9 it a necaary to go toa higher order in th ote solution, wat gato hocuute rox sbomandor abe 185, 4 ‘To ilutrate the we of the asymptote matching principle we fist expres the two-term outer Sow in inate variables, Oe Uae bet a) to) om and then take the threterm ane expansion of thi, namely 8 Ue} es, 08) + Cm Hk 2D ‘hich, upon rexpression in outer variables ye 8 Vile be OH + Oh, 0N +o“. G20 ‘The threterm inner expansion, expressed in outer variables reads veuframreBeemar) ex “Thus the equating of the two-term ote expansion of Ue three term ine cexgansion eeuleee wren} om vith the tessa inner expanion of the t-tenm outer expansion tive by 6-25) leads to se bere, From the veleity components we may calculate the pressure cofiient by uwed G1). Expanding in and wring (521) we fa that he presare on the srl urace i given by Cp = 2s, 02), on ‘ner the pl sgn ito be usd or the upper surface ard the minus sen {or the lower oe ‘hm exaination of the expresion (-25) makes clear hat such a sinple inner elution eanot holdin repons where the fw changes exp the z-direction as ear the wing edges, or near connie in aii frface slope, Fors romplete analysis ofthe entre ow fel thew must ‘i eomidered as seperate inner fw exon to be mated cally 10 the ttre. The singularities inthe outer fo that are ually encountered for example, wing lnding ge, do pt cxcurin the el fl aad should [ie interpeted rather abowing im whet manner the perturbations da to the edge ds of tt large distances For dseusion of eg lets on the bof ated aymptaic expansions, soe Van Dyke (168),ee eee Inthe ellowing we wil ue the notation ~ om imhere is commonly known as the velocity perturbation potential (the factor Us eometines included inthe definition). The above procure ‘sensi extended to thre dimensions, and for ewe then obtain the follow ing tof linearized equations of motion and boundary conditions: (= Whee + oot t= 0. om one = 04 for ayo ig om eo EE one =0- for nyond, Cp = 2 an ‘where Sin the part of the, span onto which the wing cllapenase — 0. . eo foe Ss io 8 Separation of thckne ad ft problems Since the equations of mation and the boundary conditions are linear, solution may be sperinposallnary. It therefor convenient write ‘the solution asa sum of two tenn, aoe giving the flow due to thickness nd the other the flow due to amber sod ange of attack (ee Fig, 8). ‘Thus we wt a nets os vile y,08) = art, os les y.02) = 03% oo ‘088 Te foows from (5-89) and (6-3) that on ymin # wheres ¢ ieantigmmeti. At iniatod in Fig. 5-3, ¢ represents the flow around 4 aymmerie sifll at seo angle of stack whereas! represents that ‘round an inlined surface of er ticks, a “iting wrface I will ‘be apparent from the simple examples to be conde blow that the liking problem i for more dealt to solve than the thiskness problem, 1 ea for mba ow. seat adios droravat 100 ndestoralor monty 87 Another consequence ofthe lneran- ; ion of the problem i that complicated ‘elution ean be bull up by superposition ’ (Of elementary singular solutons. The ‘ope mart uefa for eonreuting sl ‘None towing problems are those for soure, doublet and elomentary horseshoe Yortex. For incmpresible flow the fist toro ave already buen diseased in Chap . ter. The slemeataryhorsrhoe vores ons of two Intl Tong vortex Flt> Pig, G4, The elementary ‘ments of unit ezength Dut opposite sigs Honeshoe vate. Toented. nfiteimally lot together long the postive aie and joined together by an ints piece ‘long the paxil of wit strength (ne Fi. 54). "The alton for this can be obtained by integrating the tion fora let inthe aretion. ‘Thue 2 ff tie 1s 4, onl aati arte (4 asa) om ‘To eed thes lub a conpraslefow the snpet procure isto note that ying the sted emda on t= Be, om) “HP, the diferent equation (5-20) transforms to the Tapiner equation expresed in the coordinates ,,%. Hence any solution to the incomprenibie Bow problem wll leone alation tothe compres- sible fw if y and sare replace by J and % This procedure gives ws a Delain Tor the ple ware os _— ‘This solution could be analytialyeotinued to upersoie flow (31 > 1). Howeve, the ston will then be ra only within the two Mach cone (JP — Tyr < fel (ome Fig 5-3), and for physical eaons the elution tthin the uptrams Mach cone mist be discard. Henee, since we must ‘seared half the ation I ses reasonable thatthe enefiient infront ‘of Waal be erased by factor of tw la order Tor he total volumeio 55. Ustream and domsatzea Mach cone, ‘output tobe the ame, ‘Thus the sltin for 8 supenonie source woald mad 1 1 om A eck on the constant willbe provied in Chapter 6 ‘The uw ofthe cleentayeoutons to eonstruet more complicated one ‘8 method that wl be frequently employed later In connection with tireedimensonal wing theories This method i partici wf for Asveloping approximate numerical there. Homer, in the o-dimen- ‘Sonal ass that wil be eonidred next as iustratons ofthe nearied ‘ving thoory amore det analyte! method eu, 4 min Al Scape Foe Considering fest the symmeteo problem for an aol at Ml = 0 of ‘hor! ewe sek x elution of tatoo, a subtotal a phoneurB ie oerce eo and thatthe dstrbane vlotae are continvoar outed the srl and ‘vanish for Vz" ax, Since we are dealing withthe Laplace equt- Xie we dimen, he mst ict apron oem women ‘arabon Let Verte WU) = obs.) + 8) om o= SF = wo — wen, sat You audrous istivcunrdemstne how 9 Yeo where i the comple perturbation velocity vector made dimensionless {rough division ty Uy. thin way we ame Wat, provided ir analytic In Y,-p andy, aswel a are mings ofthe Lapce equation. Thus sre may concentrate on finding a g(7) that sles the proper boundary enaitions, nthe aonltingnse we wrk (¥) tha vanish for [F—» td taken the vlae 0.4) ~ la, 0:4) ite, 032) = ale) F fee), say, for OSES, HD) where esto of on ‘he gry ut hts sn thsi = 0 Oe PTT een yt any ton AD OS Asus pe atte nrea tne aoe thee on 0) = B90) = — 206 on “To thi purpose we mae we of Cauehy’sintgeal formula which states that genta efunetion 9) team pne Ys oe reece cake eee gon = gif Eat om thee C is any cowed eure enclosing the point Ys = ¥, provided 03) ‘lytic everywhere inside C. We shall apply (6-45) with — @ and an Integration path C elected ae shown in Fig 6.Veg FT esedve smdee 1 F fonarl s ‘The path wan chosen s sent to endlowe completely the sit along the real axis reprseating the aiollbeause ge doontinious, and hence onanayte, com he elt. Thus 1 waar Ir Posen r= iw {nthe limit of + co the integral over C, must vat, sae from the ‘oundacy conditions g(F) ~ 0 for Yy > 2. Theaters over the two paths Ceanel henge 1 f aioays _ 1 f agenae aL OE om on here inthe diferenoo inthe value of ¢ between Uh upper and lower ‘hes ofthe it. From (642) i flows that Ag(es) = (en, 04) — ence, upon inserting thie into (5-47), we ind hat ann 2 fang, ean ich together with (5-48), gives the desired solution in terms of the nit foil geometry. Separation of el and imaginary parts give wey =} [Gz sietenae ow ears oan In the Tint of 2+ 0+ Uh second integra wll resive eontebatons only rom the regi around z, = and in aly shown loys yas ‘ould "To obtain’ meaning int forthe ft integral, we divide the ‘pion of integration into three pate a follows we.) = 2 use) 8 fe = zeta dey Ge — sale ey tna = festa 4 3 [Gs aiead ee +2 seins om there # isu sal quantity but i asmumed to be mich greater than ‘Wernay, therfore diet st # = On the Set and thd Integral Vg Ets dro tinct emt Brow VL the send ob, we may, for sal pce ws) by wa a re ‘sppronintion,heseupon te nterand bsomen nye in — 1 ‘0 the Ital enor vances Th intra (0) 1 therfore in he limo «0 to be interpret a Cae piepl vale intra (03 Ina the pol wae) a Uf mene, ea which therefor defined a femeplf e+ [-e) wan ‘Turing now tothe iting ese, we rv hat w is atisymmetsi ine ‘and weymmetrie. Consequently, on the aro, w6,0) = woe) = 0 os) nthe sme tp and oto, and in (645) then B1= Hle,08) ~ we,0-) = 72), 8H) there 1() isthe nondinensiona loa strength ofthe wort distribute ‘long the chord. Henee, (-47) wil yd the following integral formula om ow “This inthe intgoa equation of thin lil theory ist considered by Gaver (1024). hatead of attacking (5-58) we wll we analyse te igus similar to thowe wed above to obtain dietly a clution of the Comper vlosty (¥). This elation wil Un, of cure, ako provide a ‘elution of the singular integral equtin (5-8). For a more geo {teatent ofthis Kind we refer tothe tok hy Muskbeihei (1959). "Aesn, we shall tart from Cauchy’ integral formule (5-15) but this time me intend shoo 40) = KC, ‘where ACY) isan aaalyti funstion asmumed segular ont the ‘cently well haved a infty so that (7) = 0 for |) — 2ee ee Sutatittion of (580) into (6-45) and leton of the path Cin tho eae way at before girs tonal 5 10> aya, whee af) i the jump in Ue fonction J = 9(¥)A(P) between the upper {Tower tides ofthe st. Tn order obtain # mlution expel ae Integral over the known quastty rater than the usknowa ay we ned Sit i jmp aca he i acing the jp in ug That ‘we regi that + M0) = -A,0H) for OS2Sq OH ‘hich upon insertion into (5-60) gee 1 f*wotenAte, OF dey ain feats om 1 remains to find an appropriate funtion AY). lite speculation wll convince us that function powesing the property (6-81) mam have branch pins at ¥ = and Y = cand be ofthe ger frm a = yee — yt, oo) vrhere m and ware integers. ‘That (6-68) ste (6-81 can be seen by esting Y= let aad e ~ Y= fe Yet At the upperside of the fliea = 65 = 0, and bance » on ig, 08) = He — ape, os In going to the lower side me mutt not eros the si, AS the pastge round the branch point at Y= 0, #, ieremon by 2x but fy rents soo Th be 0) = eens (= att | _gntiing — grt, Ee (69 Introduction o (68) nt (1-02) yea = oe a, fae a0 66) For the integral to converge; m and cant be alles an —1, Pathe ore, ios the integral fr large | vanishes ke Ye mus choose mbne on 0 fot op nono 6 53 ‘raw aston mviscournbante Fow ns in order for 4 9 vanah a infinity. T follow fom (5-6) that in the ightorhoed of the leading edge wren, wes) eras a the rig ee meee oo) From the late it follows Ut the KattaJoukowsky contin of ite ‘velocity atthe tiling edge i full only i'n << —1. Hence from what ‘ret nd eater the only poe chle ie om) rom m we then od from (6-7) that it eanot be leu than sere, Tere ‘eatonable fom pial pont of view tat the lowest possible order of lagi ofthe leading edge sould be chose, namely mao om However, from a stritiy mathematical point of view there ie nothing a the prea formultin tht reqsine thin coie; than any order ing Tan could be adminbla, To sting this point th method of matched tcrymploti expansion gain ome othe rerun, The prownt formulation hold str for te outer fw only, whieh was matched to the inner Haw tear the alll However, ax was pointed ot in Seton 5-2, the simple Inner anton (5-25) obviously eat bold pear the Iading edge since there the derivatives inthe equation of motion mil boro of the sme ‘order an Pderivativen, To obain the complete solution we therefore ‘ond to comtder as aional one region around the leading ee which Se magni in such manner a o Reap the ling oe radi finite in the limit of vanihingthicknex, "Such a proredure shows (Van Dyke, 1964) that the velocity perturbations de to he Hing ow vanih at OH ae away from the leading de. ence (5-71) in vod and consoquently wn at)" [PS Tera pal gre =O 2(e52)" f mien (Fen, om wt, 049 sich fm solution of the integral equation (5-58),TT Veale rite | fouls ‘Ava simple stration af Ue theory the ew of an unsambered iit willbe conde. ‘Then forthe iting flow y= na om snd for (6-78) we therfore ned to evalate the integral ita 9 ‘This ther complieatd integral may be handed most conveniently by tue ofthe analytical techniques employed above, Using eaaytcl eon tinwation, (673) is fet gencralved by conaerng instead the comples — if whom rl part reduos to (6-78) fr # = 04}. Now we employ Cauchy’ integral formule (6-45) with am om om snd the sre pathofitogration a eooidred previouty (te Fig 5-0). The eee ar, (x) 9)" = 2b cesar Gey)" om Along the larg cle Cy we find by expanding the integrand in YF eee geen ile TE—F) ~ File, Yi ‘Te integral oe Cy enncls as before, whereas the contribution slong Ce econ : ihr aide, H— 7 Hinge we have fund that FOTN) =e 7) on reiGhy" we Vg bam auhorts occas aba how TBS “Taking the rel pat of tie for « = OF we obtain ' os and, consequenty by introducing (6-74 into (73, we.0H) sat om ence the iting preaure dirbation 6p = C4(e)0-) ~ Gyles 04) = Ale) = de 5) as aguarerct singularity atthe aing ee and oes fo aero at the tmiling edge a the aque Poot ofthe distance t the eige The same ‘havior ear the edges many be expected alo for thre dimensional wing. “The taal iti only blaine by iterating the iin peste over the chord, An alteretive procedure iso se Kuta’ formula Lm put. easy “The toll eultionF around the afl canbe obtained by us of (6-72). reefs gle)" or | OTe “The path of integration around the afi in arbitrary. "Taking ito bea lange ile apponching nity we Bod that for r ft 0. f oseo Eas oa For the fat plate this lead othe well-known ret Cu ew 89 In view of the Hearty of canner and angle-of tack eects, the it carve loge shoul be eu o 2 fr any thin profile, Mort experts how s wnwhat smal vae (by upto about 10°) Ths dsrepaney Js unllyntrbuted to the efecto fie boandary ayer Uke nat the tulingedg, which causes the rar etagnaton pot to move a sal Aistance upsteam on the wpe aie srace from the tring edge with {ih eceompanying les of eieltion adit: Th effect Ix very seetive fo tringedge angle. For ails with a euped tring elge (= 200Poo 0D bP oo oo \ Hanwha eoty ews tring ng), fly cole expen give very ery the {a there vate a ver slope, oe tante Acoding orl hyn ting rome dirbtion even ty (0 forall nbd sal, Fg 5 ow a competton ‘ean thn ene! ota experiments oan NACA O13 tel pera hy Gray Naber, ta Oo (98) The wet ack tonto eared by he meni 03a he reas hae herere teen cise to M'™ Owing the PrandiGior ule (we Chaps “Theapenent in god costing th fly ne Usk (37D eet teat te taling Sige The dncpeney Ue may de evil {Stiscused ave Tsering to mte Unt the they baer {ow ttn ling ge dap ening bbe at FO Sam Tey Ay ny ob me ea ile “With ie al of he Prand-Giauer ule the theory i ely etended tate wl mon rin (ne Srtnn7). The ard ny hae Ainec o's SACK O08 a 6 tng anc Based egret Gan, Maer, end Ou (45) ee ato erent al Foun asrons wt rrmdic not | hy een extend by Van Dy (1956) to second onder, He found hat ti thon necessary fo bundle the eg gules appenring nthe Storer fototion cael, using separate ane solutions around the eges; other ‘The an inoret pondcnder alti would be obtained in the whole ow Bld. 5-4 Thin Airs in Sopersoale Flow For M > 1 the diferent equation goversing maybe writen Bouton 0, oon whore B= VHF=T. This equation is hypetole, whieh greatly Timlin the problem. A completly general solution of (6-85) i emily shown to be oo Fe — Ba + Oe + Bo. om) [Note the erst smilasityof (5-87) to Ue complex representation (5-41) tp inthe compres ear; oft (5-87) may be obtained in 8 ornal Sra Tons (AT) simply y replacing 2 by :biBs, The ines 5 Be = cant 2 Be cont on ve the characteris of the equtin, inthe present content known as Nach linen" Disturbanor inthe flow propagtt along the Mach lns. (This can actualy be som in sein pctres of supersonic fw.) In {he fistarder lation the acbal Mach fins are approximated by tho ‘of the unditarted stream, ‘Sine te drtanees stint atthe io it evident that the solution (5-87) @ mont be sero for 2 > 0, whereas P = O for # < 0 "The solution matyng (9-00) is us pa — fete mo tr 20 : os) eo datet By tor 2 <0. rom (6-31 therefore follows that 2, a5 e om “This formula wan frst given by Ackert (1029), Comparioa of this imp oul wth expeeente ae shown in Fig 6-8. Tes ace that the [stoner theory feos to underestimate Ue Pressure and in general itwit rooctove retorr | soul 5 eraser se Th Be a Foo. 6-8 Comparion of hort! sod experimental muperoaie premnre “nation at f= 185 en 0K thick toate sal 80 Onaga eae les accurate than that for icompremile ow. The deviation near the tenling edge ind to shock wave-boundary layer ntereton whic ends to make the higher preure behind the obi tring-dge shock ea ‘psec troagh the Boundary layer. ‘The much greater mathematica simplicity of euperoniefow probams than eutsonie ones strikingly demonstrated inthe last to sections Primariy du tothe absence of upateam influence for M > I. Hence te ows on the upper and lower side of the sll re independent and Lee no need to separate Ue fow nto is tickner and iting parce, In intr chapters eases of thre-imensinal wings wil be considered for ‘hich theres intention between the tw wing ede ove limited regions, 6 Slender-Body Theory (1 Iatroduton We shall now study the ow arwund eofiuatons that are “ender” in the sens that al thei erosovse dimensions like man an tikes ae ‘all compared to the length.” Such »confguration cul, for example, bbe body’ of revolution, lowampect ratio ming, ot a low-aspet rato ‘ing-body combination.” The formal derivation of the theory may. be thought of as 8 generation to thee dimeorons of the hia iso) ‘hoor however, the change inthe atractre ofthe nner ston ame sted withthe aditinal dimension introns certain ‘ew feature ito ‘he problem wth important consequence or the phys picture ‘The simplest cae of «nonliting body of revelation wil be consiered Set in Sections 2 through ban bie oneal chap in Setine 65 through 6-7, 6-2 Espansion Procedre for Axieymametie Flow ‘Wehal consider the fow around slender nonliting tay of revolution eine by re RG) = ey on for small values ofthe thlcknes ratio For stay axiymmeti flow ‘he difretial equation (1-74) for eae Cott tet Ee mame on where Pad Tet etset— ob, oo ‘The requirement thatthe ow be tanget to the boy surface gives the talon tun Wo shal conser an outer expansion ofthe form POU ADEE DHT 68)HV 1 Vatanuabnove ahsore tout. 6 ed an inner expansion tere 17 le eG + PON Foo o rahe on ‘As inthe thin sirfoicae@ must bea fenetion fz only, betause other ‘vse the radi vloty component em = lO Fete] oH wil not vanish in the limiting ease of mo bay thickness. Subtituing (6-0) inte (6-2) and (9) and vtaining oly tee of order ewe ba, From (6) we fd th lowing today oto hl, B= BH, 10 ‘The solution of (60) satiny (6-10) nel shown to be So Mer + ne, en In which the fuoetion zp ust be found by matching to the outer flow. From (0-11) I follows that the radial velocity component it Bea MEE gay sting ti wh sty omen om te te ow la = ei Pa on 1 find that nant be sero ae r+ 0. The only solution for that ‘il, in aditog, sty the eoiion of vanishing pertartations atin fnity, in onetat which is tken to be sao. The perturbation varie in the outer fom are thu of order «as compared wo bah the feo. inensiooal and fiterwing cave That the How perturbations ae forder of magnitude anal for a body’ of revolution is reuse from 9 physical point of view nace the fow has one more dmerion i wc to {4 around the body. Sine 87 ~'0 flows by matching that alo #1 = 0. Thin wil have the consequenee thal higher-order ems of dd power ine wl be soy tnd the sven expansion thus proceeds in powers af «With ®t — 0, ubetitution of the wie forthe eater flow into (8-2) and (6-3) gives Porororoporonoa ©2)xransion moceovne ror axisvwwernie mow 101 forthe lowest-order term Wie tot oo ‘The matching of the radial vot component require teonding to (0-12) that inthe ist of r= 0 CURR or = or = SURE ye ow Hee = rao lig 4) = FR, 9 ‘The boundary condiion at infinity is that 4 and &%, vanish there Matching of § tol with 5a given by (O11) vine 16) = li — Had + Rie 2) “The last term eames rom the replacement fF by rin (-1D. It follows that the ier solution is aetaly of onder ene rather than as was ‘sssumed inthe derivation. However, fom a pret! pont of view, we tay roar In eas being of order nity sac Ini om singe nthe Timi of ¢ 0 than any regtive tational power of however sal Tn caleaiatng the prssre in the inner flow it i neemry to retain some terme beyond the required inthe thin aol eae By expanding (0°68) foremall ow ditrtanees we find that ee ‘hich, upon introdeton ofthe inner expansion, gir Cp eae + N+ or ‘Th terms nepetad in (6-19) ao of order oF higher ‘Ax was done inthe eas of thin wing, we ilrodsce & prtarbaton locity potential inthe pratense dtoed w= one, om ‘The equations derived above thn beam forthe outer fw O=Wentteton=@ om lim @xre) = Se, omPopo a a a a 10a NDEE-D0DY THOR fons 6 where Ste) = RY) i the crosesetona ars ofthe body, ‘The pressure ea the body warts given by = ~Oet ob) om) {o be evaluate atthe actual positon (orr = 0 it becomes singale). From the result ofthe inereeparsion follows that in the gon hte tothe bay vahse@nrt ae, m0 here o() i tele to (2) in an obvious manner. In (6-20, the fint term represnt the eet of loa! fw divergence in the ero plane due tothe rat of chang of by eroarortnal sre According o the sender-bdy theory thir eet i hus son to be Spproxinately that of a auree in a tmodinensnalcoustant deny flow inthe yaplane. Hence, Whe total radial mas bufow In Ue inet region is independent ofthe radiate indeed impli athe boundary tondiion (6-22). The stcond term, 2), contains the Mach mame dependence and nooante for the cums eft of dita sures ‘manner that wl be further diced in the next setion 69 Solutions for Subsonle and Superanie Flows ‘The outer fow it asly built up from x continuous ditsibtion of sources long the sax. The luton Torx spurs in sn flow i ven by (37). Thus, for «distibtion of strength fs) por uni ei tiatanes, Lf" fede, Lahti om ‘The sure atrength mut be determing euch thatthe boundary condition (6-22) insted. Tt follows deety from (6-20) that the vlumetee ‘utfow per unit gt shoud be equ othe stearic rate of change of eroanctionaPares (tiple by U,). Hence we have 1= 90. 9) ‘The rut thus brome ond f'—_Stenes theta om ‘We noel to expand the plution fr small in onder to determine an inner solution ofthe form (6-28). "Thi ean be dein nb of wae, for example by Fourier trawform tehngses (Adam ad Seam, 158) of lnteraion hy pare Here we shall lect ethod ted by Onwatiech 631 | soutmoxe dk suacolic wo toreneoste nowt los ‘and Keune (1955 forts physical perpeity, Tis wen that the Kernel inthe intoral (6-27) for small re approxinataly om (9. Therefore we rear (0-27) a flows Af sen = 80) 4p, he Tema oe om Inthe first trm S's) may be taken outed the integral which may’ then be ovmanted| Ve ne 14 VESTS RY tint VER), 30) Now, forall rand 2 ~1-< 0, BALE VERT oR la=Sm fan ts Tevet elit 1 I Inthe second term of (6-29) wo may use the approximation (6-28) beens the numerator tends to aero for 21 += (the vor actualy tens out to be of order Ins). ‘Thos, solsting all the terms in (6-20), we Bd that mas Sy 4 SO yg 8 f' Sten = 8) oP er in ctma— aed, PST” 2 io icant (29 with 1) S2an gL f SED=SHe, oa aa Fe), eal ) = 2400. ate . singh 5 tines +0. 30 2)nebo roo Veussvnbsooe rheone teorh 6 The lt term gs the fet de to ariton o ure srngth statin ay fr wey frm station © This for ote ta ee Luly convenient when the erection area detsbutnn eet * polronil sno then the ntepand wl Incomes polonis e ‘We say obtain an alerate frm by pevorming an integra in (689). Thin gives 7 poring a 3 if 19 82ink 2 went a9 en tb f'rerme ven i “rw hve samp hat (0) = 500th he ly as ie tn tr el pn? ‘ston for mp for tanto ine mane, ‘Using (5-38) we obtain bal - af Sn) ar, Ble Jean ea ire b= v=. ‘Ths oper naan lint lows neue ech sours oly te el sid he downsteam Mass ree ihe rar Se et ‘noes te for nt pint =e tt st ot eee of (6-35) ia. similar manner a8 (6-30) gives - or theft temo obtain om ~ niente VETS WE. ay Jn wand tlw may ml te met yf an ‘etre Indien, te upper tga nt nay be ey Neat" sourrloxs rowauiosh avo weensonid rons! wh nal the err bing content ith at ner a (6-97), Tn nef M=SOe, “That the core factor 1/2 (ef. 6-24) was obtained forthe fst erm anim the sonwtant forthe persone source soln (5-8) sete by inti omoning. Fr the supernic eae we thus have A [seen al, = 8B se) » 60) = S20 de 639) ‘A with eabeonie fom, an alternate form ean be obtained by interating ‘hens term by parts. This yields 80,84 SB A Af stenme—sdn, 640 co svhere we have aseumod that $0) = 0. ‘This form wil be usd Tate for ‘he elelaion of ra tir interesting to ote ow (2) ehange ro subsonic to supersonic flow, an men by comparing (0-9) with (O10). Fit ie replaced by B. Secondly, the integral ee Effseme—ven ‘hich represents the uptreum infuenee in mubsone fom, changes to = bff eeome aoe, that is, bovomes equ tah the total dowrtram influence. To under ‘stand ths betas, conser the ditrtanee eased y a source in one {rose section as ii lt. on the body at ater ero sections. The d= tartanos wil pend along wo wave front, one wave moving downteean witha velo of approximates) ag? Uzand te ater either upeteery ‘or dowastenm with m oority of te — Uo, depmnding on whether the flow insane or mspenonie. The Weta fast-moving waves is ven by theft integra in (0-4), whereas hat of slow-moving waves ven ty the soond integra Inthe uperone eae, the fast and ow waves sch contebate half ofthe integral in (6-10) Because of the sal ero tine dimensions of Ue ody, te eureature af the waves ay be nelected Tithe prsent appresinatiog, Tees the front ray be treed a plane, the total eect being given ya unetion of ony.lew Fro. 61, Prem on the ora ton om dy a vn. (Aa {rom Drage Court of Asotin Sclon} ‘A compan of called sd mean pres ditibton gen ty Det) Sawn ng. The i amen Sate asi hk rai (7) Semone he her Sf seer try than tia or Tn terme ey the era tem order (otter en) beni the ter ‘safer nang te carey deeb tery fo patel aun, howeer, oe at rember atthe ty coir i Fg 61 ery smooth, with small wand dervaie of ie mre ace Stn, tnd hui hrf seal uted fo tthe. ‘he mea Mich nomi dependent of Int Bes eopaed to (1 =a" nthe id am, with the amocted weaker te liga = 1 niet Tadashi eared dene aly iory geely tl ser to Mf = 1 than dos te tail tery forte kos, the ev tao gan srl be ash on beret devoen bor Fr mallet. For the body in Fig. 6-1, the liner theory gives curate proetro dsibutions for AP'S 00 and Mf > 1.10, In the tranennic Fegion the elow moving waves wl have tne to interact and aecumulate fn the bony, thus eetingnonisar eects tat eannt be treated with, he prewat tnaras! thor. The assnnic cae wil be fertber discus in Chapter 12, Tiepit in the derivation ofthe theory was the assumption that Ss continuous everywhere, tx irab evident from the rents which show that ‘Coecornsosethialy singular at Gaeantinute of Sand the presse ‘hun singuat nthe invene of he ditane.Howover, the slender theory may be considered asthe coret “outer” ation amay from the imontnaty wth peparate “ober” mtn require in is immediate etorhood. Such theory basin effet been develope hy Lighthil (aoa, (6-4 General Slender Body Yor e gener] slender tady we assume tht the toy surface may be eine ty an expression ofthe following frm ie, 9,2) = Ble, v/e3/8) = 0, om snher i the lendernes parte for example he aspect ration the TES Wi dender wing andthe thine enti fn the cae of» lender body ‘St revolution). Wit the definition 6-1) elas of fine toes with a {Gven eroaarctionl shape eo for Varying elenderes ratio and {he purpoe ito develop the soltion for the Bw in an axyaptti erie Inve ith the lowest onder term eonttutig the Sender-boy approxima: tion In thesetebo coordinate rstem pau the cronactions shape fora given becomes independent of & From the roms of Section 4H lable Uat the ier solution would be tthe form fe om ae Use + CHRD boo om ‘hat in, Bere be no fr-oder term. The cores of (0-41 will, come event Inter from the mlconiseney ofthe fal rea For only motion the sonia of tangential flow a the body surface egies {Gat the outward normal to the mirace be perpendicular to the flow -rocty velar: rd B-prad @ — 0. onoo 62. Gena slender oaguatice, Or, upon intodueing 6-42) an (6-4) and droping higher-order terms, B+ Bible + Bish = 0, 49 This lation maybe patito pail more meng om nthe folowing manner. Tadue, tegraiy foreach inten te oto sri eae in fh ht nn enna rand 8 the omtour a he pt, as shown Fg 62 Obviously, (6-45) then takes the form —— Bet Bathe = 0. 646) et doa hae a he ton 0, te inf counar whe eng rth rm mtn at ie ee we ‘Moving along the body surface with d¥ = 0-we then have * 4B = Bae + Bua = 0. won ‘pon combining (6-4) and (6-47) we obtain an2 cS 8) + condition tally tater ht the sree lope mut eq ‘nts rein ha plane noel to the aarfoce ea ne irene (6) note itera ian 0-70 fo # we ‘ta 8 mt ty he Lapa ent ae Egan Pigs + han = 0. 4) Joma elton maybe ote y spying 2-12, (elton, ‘et deed basing Gre then oe dtesne) Thor HG (e-aig)nntn sai, — m0 out F Ramentecwed ao. FB koe ‘where index 1 denotes dummy integration variables a8 uso and ne VO= WE [As in the body-of-evolution ease the fontion (2) must be obtained by Teatching. Note dhat (630) i in general not afl for evaluating #3, inc only the fist term in the integrand i knows from the boundary fanditon onthe body. Nevertcle canbe wed to determine 0 for Jange noe then 2/@R In ray be neglected compared to In? aod, Furthermore, fy may be approximated By F. Hence the outer limit of the inne sta beso af = dnrfota tn on Abn ebay oon 48) a noting (P02) a My, = 8 §tta,-$ on tes Ro = hse) sete aed omen ae, ed a arene, oa) rhe the sea the oluton (6-1) fran axisymmetric body having the tie ros ction! aren dstbuton asthe ata slender bay. We ‘hal following Omvattach a Keune (1950), tom ths body the eile tea of revlon, "By ratcing it wil then follow Wat 2,2) must te ‘ental to tat for the equivalent toy of reroltion. We have By this froved the follwing euaence rae whieh as rst expiitly stated by Bovattaeh and’ Keine (058) for trenonie Bow, but which was alo tpl ina eater paper by Ward (1949) on supersonic flow: (o) Par avy from a genera slender dy the fw become aimee and qua tthe fo around he pul by af rutin. () Near the ld ay, be oe ders from hat erownd the eyieaent Indy of sltion by tdimenionalenatantensity caw pa that rake te tangency condition athe oly foe ete. Proofs similar t the one given bere ave been given by Harder and ‘ine (1057) andy Guderey (1087)."‘The euialenee ule allows reat sinplfetions inthe problem of xleuatng the perturbation velocity ae on et oHVa TF Kenouatnoor mtkor | 4 na! g Ft thou ay flowin given by thera of ‘he Bevis eton Seo the nner pale viol oan S ‘soln cnn Bow for wich te mea apa ‘ay spin. The flowing compe wlton all he oe {or feds aan by Overs and Ken set) stor Let, deste te matin fr the spre bey of ey ‘tex the lier in-dnenoal coon stan te ey ln Rese n ~ /25%0 ir Toe the emponte ton Ls nr oo eo aten bois in the whole flow fd (to within the tlenr-bodyapproxnation) As a the cae of boy of revolution, quadratic teres he erstow ‘weocity component must be retained inthe expreasn forthe promo, vo that (tq, 6-23), Op = ~200 — oh — ob ow In view ofthe fact that the derivation given above didnot require ay ‘ecieaton ofthe range ofthe feta ped, av an exanouton of te ‘expansion procedure forthe inner ow wil revel it boul loo be valid for trnenie flow. As wil be diced in Chapter 12, the free il ‘ppeat in he outer Bow mhich ten, although sil axtymmette mu be obtained fom a nonlinear equation rather than rom the inearssd (621) 1 in the sub or supersonic. ‘Th form ofthe diferent equation forthe outer fw doesnot aff the statements (a) and (8) above, hom, re, and it tur out thatthe valdity of the easivalenee ale i os reseed fr transonic than for ab- or siperonic flow oUt can thes ts te used for configurations of moderate apet rae provid the ow perturbations ae ena, (5 Raampls of Lifting Slender-Roy Flow anadromous de ht utes fow i eg only for the ealelation of gi), whith se syrmde texm that only infences the drag but ot transverse fore and momen For the calcalation of iting fom on therefore seks the inner conta Aessity two-inensonal crofow whieh is independent of the Much umber and which may be obtained, for example, by using comple: ‘arabes ‘Some of the rela of the claal two-densionl then ‘nay be directly apple. Thu, the fow around eal einer apie to the ling slender body of revolution, and the auton fora fat pate oral to the sem can be ued forthe flow arund a thi, sender Pings A simple, yet practically ual eonfgortion that icorpernen thos ss ‘special eosin tat of wmi-winged body of revelation (oe Fig 3) To crutie aiomoby nowt ann os) [ERANPLES OF LIFTING RLESORE-RODY OW um 0 termine th vate ptetil (¢ = en thine) 1 S'GD ee een rei hi thi the frost er be ed bythe angen ete Sa ‘tne thn cnr Bow nom ncn ol oh yes ‘nual ot sormal oth fe an wl oly neste ifee f Orr hc il be ei te pee point hey il ont bef imporane or tellin of ihre tr The pr ihr trom tat f Sg strode coment doty For Stina ed vane evi wee Hen anew oan ‘infinity snd neo normal velosity component atthe body contour. et the veloity potential coreepnding to this fow bog eneten op ‘Wena ota ¢ rom competi: 7 WUD) = ote) + HOA), (6-59) a - Xm ytie (6-00) ‘The corplex potential wil be constructed in steps using conformal tranformation. Fist, the Joukoweky transormation Maree sn raps the outa ofthe contour onto the out of lit along they aie (jee Fig 64) of width 2, whore yet Rye 5Kewoenbonr midowr |! sour! ra 04 Mapping of ningndy com ton nto ‘Corepontng point ae marked inthe figure. A second tansormation Xyo ota 6 fmt i a ete if ih, Sn eth {erations he ne eine wilted a ity, he Row nthe WOLD) = teks, oH {hat iy an utara verti! fow of (eee) wy. ‘substituting (6-61)-(6-63) into (0-44) we obtain ened [8 - GT ow “eB Co0T ‘This solution was ven hy preter (150), I ina seightforward tovlerve rom thgtases of body alone (B ~ an wing along (0), 1 in intersting to note thatthe ermfow conilere! above hao Physical signfeance in a truly two-dimensional cu, ino then the owe Wall wparate abd the flow becomes rotauonal and nonpotenta. In the slender-ody cave the axial fw Keep th ern fom spurting > ‘hat te potential low solution give a alter. Homeve, fo ge Ingles of attack the fw will eparte, partiulely when the pet rao is very all The type of fow the then willbe enonuntee a srvted in Fig. 65, The fow separates a the leading edge an forme two satan Ay, more-or-less conentated varies above th wing. Separation gies ie ta an additional "ag” inthe colo plane, witch inequivalent fo won WOR) = WH) + ak sudson mlb ts alpen rte His ses 1 wo Fie, 8 Leningedee speation 08 incroaed it end drag om the vehi. Simplified mals of this type of flow fave been eorsdered by, among others, Bolly (1957), Legendre (09%2), and angle and Smith (105) "The cleulation of total MU and toments on ender bodies will be ‘onside in Setin 0-7 (6 The Presrre Drag of « Slender Body in Supersonic Flow “The presture dag acting ona body in mapernic ow can be thought ‘of asco of to parts, he wae drag and Ue vortex dra (oe further (Chapter), the tady bara lon bas, thr in adn, base de "The mave drag reels from the momenta cared away by the presse ‘eaver set up hy the body ait travels ata sped rete han the sped of ound. In eum How tee iy of nurse, no wave drag sie no sand Ingpressre waves ae posibi. The vertex drag arses trom the momenta tarred may bythe vortices tring from ing by ad veered Dy the ume relations fn both tperonie and sun ow, "The presae drag of «ender body ina supersonic ow t mot cai caleulated by conitering the Bow of momentum through a control surface Sirounding the body. We shall hee fallow estentally the spproach taken by Ward (100), which ves the atl presure dag but doce not peciy How the drag iaplit up into wave drag and vortex tag Th Setin Int mar shown that, by considering the flow of momenta ‘thro « entol nage suroubdig the by, the fee om the bay ov Faw = — fin + 9910-m)68, sn there mis the outa unit normal ta the surface S nd Q ie the veocty Trotor. I incomvenont introduce into (I~si) the pertrbaton velocity Cagis Q ~ is, which gives Fay = fim + ota tiga + Homnas. oNpi py paw poor goer gd ke ‘This may be simpli somewhat by use of the equation of continuity os ote +i -na8 =~ Hence, ince $ is lose martes, ow) Ray = ffi — mint pUaen + a)4s, (eam hich the frm wae going to ue, ‘G Pie 6 Momentum control ‘erage for sr by. 1s convenient inthe present case o choot Sin the manner shown is ig 6. Thus the surface 8 costa of three parte: Sy, Sy, tnd Sy of whieh, and 8, are cioulse dike and Sy eplinder parietal low whowe radia wil be chosen wo that $y bat the ute lint of the inner region. tf assumed tat hes bead ofthe body soa the fa is uniturbed tg, and S; is ltatd st the ba tion ofthe bs. ‘The body may havea un base, bat the lina theory i of soar, ‘ot wali forthe ealclation of the proms othe base," We asa tha the base presue pis known thatthe base drag contribution Do= (re ~ pao om {o the total drag is given. To supernie flow the eect ofthe blunt base il nt be fle upstream ofthe Base seton” Hence the linearized Uhory ‘nay be to caleulate the flow ahead ofthe tae ection ad thu the Pressure drag onthe remainder of the body. To pase pao, pony prs pease yuo 1S Sine i featad inthe inner rion, the flow eesti ineompre= sible m0 that, on Sp nay be considered constant aad equal toi fee HHeeam value, Thetermg:a 1. ain (6-68) imply the nondimensonal ‘elacity component naral ‘0 S." ‘Thus, by taking the eorponent of (6-60) weabtain D— Dem -nvifferraSs— ff (9 — mass —ntt If elt + 005s om Now, according to (6-86), P— Pe = ball2C, = —pallEee — dpaUo} + 62) (6-72) nthe ine ean, Hence (71) simpli fret D~ Da ~pot2 [foray + ptt ff (+ ot — 2 As hp a orm In thst oh mayb ect compart ant ee =H[fowsses [fits or Since Sloat a the outer lint ofthe ner slain, the equivalence rules that 08 1 storing, +000 on) = gs we ere oy | ere bee co 1 ffemass= f's[Enn sealer ‘whore it has ben amamed that the bse action is oeted at = The Frnt torm ean be deli integrated and the sod term interated by parts. This giver (eoPb tee too. chon FT tall ‘The intel over Sy may be implied by we of the form (27) of (Gren theorem which in two dimensions becomes $oektan [formes anes, — om srhee Cis the contour bounding 8, m tho outmard normal and © the ‘vo-dinensional crowflow Laplace operon In the prestat ea the ‘contour cosas of two portions, the tase metion contour Cyan ace of radius Ry. At the cicle we may again make the eubtation (6-79) ‘se (6-70), whereupon that portion of he line integral maybe evant, ‘Tho intogeal over Sy eonesuerly becomes. [fies ebas=so[Lsomn soo] §, ode a 0) ‘The minus sig in helt term appears beasne nie now assumed to be te nema outward fom\C and ir thus he inward normal toy, Addon Ueto integral (678) and (6-80) give for the diag = [[sreneree ~ ston ~ af, o88en. wos pat : ‘Subetitting the expreison (6-40) for o() into (0-81) we fay obtain =~ [wmf eames Da Dp eat +90 ['orennd— aren — ah olan 80 See tat a erative rl ote com tin a ed soba teh met oes he tegen ea ete, ws thoes is defined a in (658), and using the expresion (6-40) foro We ny rewrite (6-2) ae fellows +900 [send — andr — Lio md = Hf, onbetee om rmbssone hse, suntoen moby x suthensune towa) 1 ror: nov. tron, 1 soma 6 ‘This formula shows how th dag varies with Mach numer. 16570) = 0, {hati i the bndy ends in x point or witha elidel portion the en ‘comes independent of the Mach number.” Of particular intro nthe rag of the equivalent boy of revolution, for which ; a5 Pama Pre Lf minds eaite—s0an +350 ['seome—2)- Lorn. eam ‘Te dfernce betwen the drag of oneal slender body and that of te ual body of revolution i thus P= Deaty ptt Ff, enSetan + isco nmin. (287) ‘hiss the equivalence ule forthe presure drag Ii aly cay matter to show that it mut hold for al sped egies whenever the sqetatnse tule forthe ow is vl. Thus it wl slay hold for tenons suede a, ‘5 will be expainel in Chapter 12, with lee resco than or Rae OF ‘sipersone sponds In many cus the sght:hand wie of (6-8) is ro and ence the drag ‘ult that ofthe equivalent body of revolt. ‘This ours heoarae (a) The body ends wth an aynmetie potion so tha the to parts in 80) cane (0) The bay ende in point. (©) The body ends ina epindsel portion paral othe fre strea so that dn and "ae oo Mont pratt slender mise or srplane configuration intily (a) of (©. For augh body one ean thus experimentally tet the vliiy tthe quivalge rule timply by comparing the prewure drag ith tes of {he equivalent body of revolution. Sch tnemarements mere rade by ‘Whiteomb (158) Some of his result are repel in Fg 27 ‘The agreements god inthe teansonc region when the vious drag has ben separate out. From these els Whitom dew the conte {ait should te posible to reduce the dag of lender vgn some ‘ination by indenting the body 0 thatthe equivalent bey of svcioney ‘ould havea sooth aren distribution. Thi the mellow raanese fra rae, which hasbeen used micomfly to daignlow-diy veer: ‘ions for tronic szpanes The savings in dag that an be seheved sve demonstrated in Fg 070), oA banal remade whtesee Sh stds eT 1 6-7 Tranoveee Forces and Moments on Slender Body ‘The tranvere freee and manent (i, sid fore, pitching moment, ste) on a seer body can bi obtained By eossiderng the flow of o- ‘mentum throgh & control star rounding the bd, a nthe preeed- ing ntion. Hoever, we shal instead wa iferent method that makes ‘te of emits previo dedced for unateady constant density ow “at 2, yb cordinate system Seed withthe Mak so that nee nen nee HH Ansara th conte em ila ht ovina ith 2 oy nthe tga spaecton. Canaria Ine tien tr san ey one Pas ‘The confine might of tly wil vere by tsuneo! tat Sty fow te coor not ow wl sow br enandy sae corms oe 2h typos fly ye cope ‘hic ees in te a i tre haar se nes ely {ia chnge ge el Saas wie tg Othe tay eon) Tt ontin ose ni Sinn he fom has no isan nthe romslow pane we ean dinetiy ply the ethan developed Seoson 24. [The Bs’ eqaton + Sopa ruta flow steps wen deed te | istipion thatthe cron setion dvr not ebnge ith tne Ths, {Exthecostow nowentum sets ger unt hy loth, fre nt ‘nthe body tue seton of with 2, nording to 21), aa jyinen ind, om Inher Ln the it and Yin the side force. The momentum velar § it ven by 24). Tho, in two-dimensional Bow, $v aee eed where sp expr in Yn 00) td the intgel oe tle sr the (intananeou) Body rom ston ‘The factor U come from the defi ion of eT fallow rm Fig 60 that ‘ade = (con Kein) de Him kan. 0H Heooe = ~palai Fite) dey To, 6-0 Tstantacen oye ~ pala Sex) dns (6-02) eto, land shore (1) i the diference inv betan the upper and lome surfaces Cf in tom tion and So) ier ny, tren the ah ‘od etme ofthe eros tion Intreduing (6-9) into (680) we sed et i (0-82) int (6-80). u enna 5 wei Bo ptad fontnran es ‘Now; ging bck tothe orginal norte nyt traveling with the body tnd remembering that for sandy Bow d/dt = Undjds we may wie (6°98) and (68) a flo: a utd face a wid ste) de 5) Bi integrating over the tony length, total it, pitching moment, ee, ean ‘hen be obtsne. Particuly simple are the expression fr the total Fores, whieh econ Lm otf, seta, wm hoe Cy indicates tht the Integral isto be evalua at the bee eros Pe 1 2 beer acy poops pase oor el section, In onder to caeulate total fore, one this only needs Uh eas flow at the base Froquen, the Bow is given in complex variables, in tick cam i inconvenient work withthe complex foree combination eee wher * Kevtic [his formula could, of course, alo ave been obtained by introducing the complen vector ditety in (42). ‘The tea i then to intoduce the omplen ptantial WX) — y+ i, which would reduce the problem to {hot of evaluating &olos-ootour comple integral. However, a diet Teplacerent of by 8 will geerly ad to an incorrect ult unless the ‘ream function happen to be bv, or constant, slong the ers seton Contour. We therfore introdoe, atin (0-0), the potent 6" for the {elned ow baving s10 normal wacky a the contour and velit, ‘Components at inGety proportional 4 the siealip angle and soe of ‘tack, sepetiey, a the awe setion ‘Thus = Re (w(N)} — ane ~ Ban (6-100) where ay andy are the angle of attack and sidelip angle atthe base Thich would te diferent from the overall ange of attack and sie sip {Fibe tty were camber). Now ype long the contour, and we ay therfore set. ee ee where Sy is the tas area, The let tem follows fom spe gorse ‘orideraios that giv, for exanpe hat fru--Jumaa on, {nthe integral of (6-101) we may choos any path of integration tat ‘floes he base onto, the mot eorvenent ove beng large eile at {ity Atuming that my be expand by the following Laurent seeks for age IX wa axt ES o-100) tnd bring the residue a nity, we obtain fom (6-101) ‘eat2Se(en ~ ifs). (6-100)ie YF Naeworsthoor mom "eau! 6 ‘Avan example, mo shall apply thie formule tothe iting wing-by come Vnmton considered in Section 6-8." By expanding (0-69) in Inver mur ey ‘od inserting the reside a given hy the send ttm of (0108), the fl Towing aul i obtainee rota! — RE RY, (6-108) here index refer to the base section. (The side fore i, ofcourse, ‘eco inthis ease) ‘This rest contain av special ease those othe wing ‘lone and by alone. Inthe Iattr eas, setting ty = Ry i (6108) ne aie b= sp.U2Ro, Co ‘hati the Hit eoeticint tas onthe base are i simply Com 25, (6108) ‘set Sint derived by Munk (199). An intersting conelsin from this ‘int ona ody pointe atthe rer no lite exerted, only a pitching 7 Fi. #10. Compute nore and exgerinatiftcarvedops for lo ‘oreato nl wing" (Numeral! ings teary, soa rhe Wid Sens Chapter). Poroa a ay a ak 7] muanerir voRces 48D MOMESTS 98 SUeNDEN RoDY 121 ‘moment. This dstabilnng, tending to increase the angle of atack (flip example in Chapior 2 aod Fig. 2-5). To reality, vious (Hf wil ean anal postive it. For the cue of wing lone (Ry ~ 0), (6-10) gives Lm mV (6-109) enc, any slender wing with straight, unswept trang ge wil have a it enfiieat (FL. Jone, 1946) cua Eau, 10) Comparisons fr deta wings with experiments and & numerical iting- surface theory, prsented in Fig. 6-10, show that this simple formula ‘overestimate the lift by 10% and more for A> 10. should be pointed ut that (0100) and (6-100) bod ony or winen ‘ving monotony ineresing span from the pointed apex tothe base section, athersie sections forward of the baw ston wil reduce x wake ‘hat wil inoence the few a the baz, so that no lng bern in peent ofthe ow in ater erm setons. For the eas of uneanbered Wing with swepeforvard taling wr, one can ex show thatthe lion sections behind thatthe main span eter inthe slender wing approxination, and benee (6100) wil hd if yi replaced by the maximum semispan In the enge of emepcback trang aes, {or an arowhead or seallowal wing, Mangler (1958) hae shown that "he determination ofthe how requires the solution aa nega equation, ‘A practically wal formula to estimate the efecto unlage a totd Ii is cbtaioe by ving (6-100) by (0109). Thus fae (B) (BY ean ‘hich shows thatthe bey intererence tends to decree the it7 ‘Three-Dimensional Wings in Steady, Subsonic Flow wi 7-1 Compressbilty Correction for Wings ‘This chapter deals with the aplication to fie, sas plane wings of ‘he iene, enal-pertarbtion techies intwdaeed in Chapter 5 By tray of ntodaetin, we st review the silat elation which govern ‘avation inthe paramner Mf, the fight Mash mame. nthe light of the aeympiote expansion posure, the principal ux- kno, from which al ther needed information canbe ealculatd, the Sirsvordertenn® afin the ater expansion fr the velocity pole ‘The term 87 i connected to the more familar perturtation velocity potential os, y2) by (528). "The latter ie governed by the diferent ‘uations and boundary editions (5-29)-(590), which we reprodane ere (oe aio Fig 5-1) (= Wheat om ten = 0, om for (ey) on 8. (6-0) ‘The pressure cofient at any pint in the Bed, including the upper and Tower wing mufacs¢ = 02, found trom . Cp = Pre en Extending a procedure devised by Prandtl and Glauert fr two-dimen Sion afi (em Fig. 7-1), ther (1040) introduced» wasformaton of Independent aod dependent variables whichis equivalent to = net on lento 2 The erothonerem a ofcourse = Ua. “hicknem tt yretionleumber cP Veo aunt Fook tows ber ae — . I ype tn 7, A thin wing inte eh ‘Where 9 = Vi= I, asin Chapter 8. Equation (7-1) converts (5-29) {nto the constant-desity perturbation aqution (daa + (ead Coeds = 8 om Some ear must beabservod when interpreting te transformed boundary condition atte wing surface. Ths for trample, the fret of (20) mates {hat just above the wins projction onthe plane the vertical vlty cmpooent produced by the abet of singularities rpreeting the wn Aisturtance mua hae certain valu, ay F(z 9). Aer transformation, vreettain (0g = False yo) ™ Foleo vo) oo 1b 2a = OF; for (249) on Sy, where Sp a are of the zy, yplane ‘have lateral dimensions are the same asthe oii planform projection 8, bat which in sivetched chords by «factor 1/8. (Se Fig, 7-2) ‘Bauation (7-3) and the equire leat form forthe lower surface tats, ‘powover, thet the "gealent wing Izeeril, constant dente fom hat (at creeping station) the ame ‘sand gl of aiack aa the ois ‘al wing nthe compressible stream, io. 7-2, Eauialet wig plasform Ineo Aiach nme fam sweeps Brown tan Ay = (1/8)t00 8 he Sipe falls ty Bea ‘The similarity law might be abbreviated ete n eM, Ast Ginna o8dn89). oH inher the remivon it used to separate the independent variable fom Ue pranaters ‘iy way of physical explaatin,* Oster’ extended Prand-Glauet law sates tat to every sibone, eompromibe ow over thin wing tere evista an equivalent flow of constant density nid (ot the same ght ‘peed and fresteeam ambient eopdtina) overt eecnd wing, aained from the fint by a chordie seching 1/8 withoot change of surface ‘ng datbaton. "Tis obvious fom (5) that promae oan at ‘otespanding point nthe two flows ae elated by 1 C= hCp wee a Since they areal exleulsted trom similar dimeosionlet chordie and ‘pani integrations af the Cyatbaton, quate Uke the terion ‘it and moment eoficenta C9), Cm), the total it aed moment = ‘ficients Cy, i, and the eure slope ACu/8eare found from tbe tnatant-denity counterparts bythe sae factor 1/88 in QS). It of intereat in comecton with spat load ditrbation, however thatthe total lift orcs ane rannig it pr nit y.dstanen ae alo the two ing, bent of the inereased choise dimensions at Bf = 0. ‘Unfortunately, when ones eating given thre-densionalcnfigure- tion, de forgoing tranformation requires that a diferent planfor be salyatd (ora diferent low-speed model be texted) fr each fight Nach ‘number at which loading data ae need. This not tr for edie onal aio, ince then the chordwisedinrtion at ada, ey m0 ‘more than ‘change of sale onan otherwae identical profi, we have slready seen (ection 1-4) that uch aehange has no fet onthe pica Sow quantita ad “Mensorreni fe thot of Feldman (1088) eorrlat wth the Gather PrantGiavert iw ater well up to the vical fetal Mach number, where soni flow frst appear athe wing srtace. They alo verily what swe sal se Inter theoreti, thatthe cooiient of indeed drag ould be unaffected by Arhangee blow Moye There exit of core, more curate compresiity eoretons tamed on notlinear snaidestions ‘hich are meena up to somewhat higher subsea + An uniting ausion upon in Sectinn Af Joe nd Coen (86), ‘ee ho the extend development In Caper 10 9 Lape and Ho tito ce ce oe Isruch as (5-20) applies alo to smal pertubation superonie flow, AC> 1, coe might suspect mt the foreging considerations could be extendere into tat ange. This ian vensnpliction, however, finee the boundary conditions ut infty undergo an eet ehange— Asturbances are not permitted to proceed upstcar but may propagate only downstream and laterally in the mater of an outward ome sound trave. (The behavior is connected with «atheatea lerton inthe Tnture ofthe paral diferent equation, from elite fo hyperbole wr eavatice.”) "What one does dacover isthe existence oft convenient reference Mach aunber, AT = /2, whith plays le sinar to in the sobenie ease. When M2, the quantity B= VAE—T ‘comes unity all Sow Mach lines are elie at 45" to the ight diretion. Repetition of the previous reasoning lade to a supersone init aw ote nei, Aa, a= e (Genel = V3 RAnte). 06) Preaure concent st corresponding points it cueffsets, ee, are related by 1 Boman on ‘Once mare the equivalent planform at Mf = V3 i obtained frm the orginal by chordwze distortion, but sow this involves w stretching If he rignal AT <2 and a shrinking fA > V2 ‘The proves hao been Tene wo aking bald of all Mach lines ad Yotatng them to 46 while ‘horde dimension vary in afin proportion Clesy, Bas (7), 7-7), and thas tranaformation etaguee fain the unnsnie mage mbareM = I, It ha bon pela, besuse the equivalent aspect rato approaches sero ae M —= and sender body theory reuls or it ar independent. af Mach numer (Chapter 6), that linearized rors fr thre imensional wing night be extended into his rge. This, unfortfately, an oversinplifieaio Starting frm the proper, nonlinear formulation of tuaonie snalldstrtance hea, Chapter If dee the actual srumtances under which linearization pies gives various sislarty rales. Iti found, for fotance, {hat lang may be etna oma Tnaraed bis whenever the pra er Ar" ysl compared to unity. 7-2 Constnt-Density Flow the Thicness Problem Having shown how steady, constant-denaity Now rls are useful at all roberta! Bf, we now einorate then forthe Sate wing Pctred In Fig. 7-1. As seus in Section 5-2 and elewhere abo, te convenient to identity and exparate portion of the feld which ae symmetcal andon ntisymmetriel in, ater aig the dintrbance velo and prerures ‘in acrordanee with the superposition principe. The separation proceae involves remting the boundary conditions (5-20) ae oF 8) for (2,9) 008, oa) rere Re,» ie proportional to the dinate of the sna caer uae, ‘wile 290, 9) proportional tothe thks ditrbution, The eee ‘qunton fof eoue, the eee dimensional Laplace equation . 7 Ava starting point forthe contruction of the desired oation, we adapt (2-28) to expr the perturbation veacty patent at an abiary eld mg feta Here mis the normal direct into the feld, andthe ntgrals mast be carted ut over the upper and lower aurace ofS" Duriny vribls (Girausai) wil be employed for the integration prota, 2 the salt distance propery waien VET FG=W TG aD 1h wing problems 2) = 0 generally ‘Considering the theese sone, we have Jin on Hen) = 9 om forallsan he bond dion wet (Yard a enot ay for 00 «= -(%), (1) Moreover, no dscontinuite of oni derivatives are expected anywhere tee on or of the 2, plane, “In (7-10), 48 =r dy, the vauen of eles ui04) and giz 7,0) appearing in the integral over the upper Sd iomer ures are equal, white vale o /0n(1/4r) ar ual td ‘opposing the contribution from the a term in brackets enn, Bora. beer. ow; Duar Veno 10 Jeaving ws wth von ~ HG), - Gs Elfen énvén o. ar. me Vea toe ‘where (7-18) ud (7-11) have Been employed. Physlelly, (7-18) states {hat the flow due to thekness can be represented By a soure sheet over, the planform projection, with the sours sot per unit rn Being po portional o tree the thickness slope 29/8. Compare the two-dimensional feurterprt, (5-0). "Bearination of (7-14) lads to the eonshuson that the thickness probe lem ia relatively esy one Inthe most common situation when the shape af the wing known td the flow Bld coatittes the desired infomation, tne faced with fly waihtforeard double iteration, Forces ‘mentary function 9,9) thi an be done in clawed for ether iS enter of numeral quadrature, with careful tention tothe poe singularity at 2} ~ 2, ys = y» wen oe slang points on the wing P= 0. Th prema ea be found from (31) and G18) a2 “LEfomaptatlem ow ‘There enone loading. sine C has gual values above and below the wig ‘Als the thikness drag works ut tobe ao, in ecordance wth d°Akem- bert paradox (Section 2-5). Final, shou be meatined that, for aay ving with led lending and ring edges, 0 8) ‘This mene Vat the total strength of the source abet in (7-14) zero. ‘Ana Sonecqonce, the diturtance at lng distanes from the wing ap ovine athe fight dietion, preaches that ve oa doublet with ts ‘ther than that de to pint sure. 743 Constant. Density Flow; the Ling Problem For the purely antiynmetial ease we have ee. 4 2) me sith eorseponding ebavior in the velocity and presse fells, ‘The 2) anHD Wee Wes ee Dee ted Principal boundary condition now reads Bs eo 0a at em 08 for (ey) on 8. (THB) ‘We must male allomane fora dicotinity ingot oly onthe panfoem projection § but over the entre wake ure, extending frm the taling ‘cdg and betveen the wingtip al the way ta ~ eon the 2 plane or this ren, the simplest approach prove ob the eof (10) nat ss means of expraaing» tel but the dimensionlene component ofthe Drturation velo uae, 19) where us sential the prestur eoeficet in view of (6-3). Equation (0-81 shows us that we ar alan working with «quasi proportional to ‘the smalintarbanc acceraton potential, ad this he sarting pint opted by some authors forthe development of aubmonie iting wing hry, Obviouly, sa saution of Laplans equation, tne the operation of Aierentition with rempect to = oan be Snerchaged with Win (7-2. Wermay therfore mite ss Rlfe)e ow Wo spit for the moment Uae § encompass both wing snd wake, ‘Soc th drivaton of (2-28) elled for integration oer al waraces Ua ‘f sourees of daturbanoe and made no allomante for ciation erund {ny eleed curve inthe Now extemal to the boundary. Tt an ery mater {otiow, however, thatthe elair of w as dependent varble couee the first ter inthe (7-20) Bracket 9 vaniah exept on andthe second {erm to vanish alogther. Beane there can be rem ump except ‘rough solid wrfcs, wis eontnuocs though + =O on the wake, But +h @), oan ‘real and oppsite ontop and bottom everywhere over S, 0 the Sratterm contributions remain uneaneled only om 8. Thar jug by sn amount we. 49 Wena) =~ He a (By sntingmametey, ay =~) ‘As ards the tend bracketed term i (7-2, the condition of rota ‘ionaty reveals that mm an Gn, ~ Bry a Vo here dese how ban Dem ea on Up and one Bnd that mm aoa ) ‘on the botlom f°. Bath wand ie derivatives ate continuo through Allo Sand therfore the upper and loner integrations eanelthmoughoat One et with wenn = [fin wad (ie) = fren (),_taa iframe We have inserted 7-21) and (7-2) her, Nand Gan long wth the fc tat 725) ashen applied to quatty whith ia funetion ofthese two variables only Jn the cxmbiation — 2) “The modifeation of (7-24 into form stable for ving iting- ving probleme canbe arid out in several ways. Peshapa the mot drt to obwerve that nary always tz ,0) is known over 8, ad (7-28) ‘should therefore be manipulated into an expremson for this quantity. This veda by noting that wea = yt tat, cena kf Monit, am Gere ecount as Boe taken that 29,2) = OL nsrting 7-26) Into (7-20) and interhanging onde of difereatinton and Integration, wen =— Effron «EL reat Juan anhs Vad othentonde lies os hae. tee After considerable algebra, we fad that (7-27) canbe reduced, as # ~ 0, tw one ortho other ofthe following fore: e940) = fleet ni baal a om x [CEE an an, cam) ‘When deriving (7-28), an integration by parts on yi avid outa fte The singularity encountered ar «0 then sar to the one | upwash ealeuation at a two-dimensional vorier shot and can be handled bythe well-known Cauchy principal vale, The integral in (7-284) ‘containing (2,9) tli, however, the more dict and diet uefal form. Ta the proces of arivng tt, me find ourelven confront with the following sep: * ey Lea Oa fe [ hare aaa ee lm to a ony 4 ee) Vea +0 We For #~ Oller bar wll vanish formally exept the one ain from the edeiatve of the nomesttor which will give nonintegrable snes lest ofthe form 1/(9 yu). Te proc thwic ii, howe, that Mange ted of improper integral [Mangler 1951] eoncered Ince fe examine Eg. (3) and (4) of hit paper, replacing hin € with ‘ur gy, meabsorve that ur yintegral boul be evaluated in accordance “Tinted porto vane, meaner thatthe ae of interaon giao cea ery the otro, se os Vay) conbnaxeurbarn dws ‘vith Mangle’spsinspa-valve technique and thereupon samen & pet Truly rnonable, ta vlor. The elt impli, of cour, hat the ei {Sula normal velocity on vortex shot abou not be infinite ii caletnted propel "This recipe fr eompating the yntegral may be sominasied ee Pu) on an Pon ay, 4 [°F ay, — 28) nin + athe w 30) Bguaton (7-30) always yields Gite relt. In fact, if an indie Ino ean be found forthe integrand, the anaes obiaied simply by inserting telinite ys = ead ys = provided any loerthm af Gv) thot appear in interpreted as Tay ~ yl. The vabity of Manger’ Deng alu depends on the eondition tha tho intogrand prior to etting Pica anton ofthe twodimensoaal Laplace equation Tt clear fat tina tee, inthe preset eas, ofthe anetion that eases the sng Tart in the yintoration of (7-29), ine eye 7 +) [irra = tel) Teno etl inte tat he welt potenti ofthe iting toni cota hy esting tw operation 8/6 20), me bain den [east ff gg ea) (earl om Equation 1-3) provides confirmation for (6-38) “Te qustion of exact or approximate solution of (7-28) is deere to later sstign We note bare that, wen the angle of attack and camber Crdnaes Rey) ofthe wing ar give and the ond disbuton required, (7-28) a sinular double integral easton forthe unknown 7. That he problem is much more diet matbamatieally than the eoresponding {hiekeemprolem enbodied in (7-14)-(7-18) On the other hand, when {he lading io given a the shape ofthe wing to sappor desi, the potential and upwaah dsition are avaiable by furl staihtforward fbtegratios frm (7-31) and (7-28), respetively. Finally, the cickoeseV9 1 Bron os ae Name 0. Vf shape 9) genet dei yeti pear dtrbton mast ‘ederied by soling th ter compte apa hich ‘ata rom nifereintn of 10) ‘Weis secon wth aoe fare dauin of he it eg and satare of to wake. Prom (©), (10), and (5), me ta the Aiteces in pear ete! eto then Oy =O z Using the definition of C,, ee) pment, om ect th auc lope te every sal thi alo eet thet pent planes ne gine pie seo Since 30) iron ofthe Ratt fora (17), ete tat? an be ntepretl craton. Anshown i ig, te eel {in abeut the pont pectin be computed arousal rectangle Tor ofp ein a Cane cos con of te wg, Se thes {nibtions af the verte se cane xe forte higher in Sates aes crete ae ee ene of the cireulation bound to the wing in the vicinity of point (x, y). " vane | Mon Fro. 7-1. Inleepiason of 7 by demining sisson around ect of Feet de slog the inched * “ ‘The it per uit pana ato 9 0 the wing 1) = [ler mde = pal? avde = aan, 0) bing the tl ound ein, 1 he wing ip re plc ty = 6/2, the total lift becomes : ba [ira mbf ere om ‘Te total pitching moment, pitching moment per unit span about aa es ~ biter axis ling moment, or any ther dered quantity related to the landing ry be conatustad yan appropriate integration of 7-34). ‘Unike a two-dimensional sro the fie ting wing doce experince lmsatream free (rag dat to Hf o “induced dag," Dy sometimes ‘ho called vortex drag” ne Chepter 9) in a sabeonie ni flow. AN any nay to compute hin entance i by examining the wake at points emote behind the tailing eigen fat, if we bere the wing moving at pect throat the Bd at rt, we ote that an amount of mecanicl sro Di done on the fid per unit tine. Sine the fue nondi- ative end cantor energy in Ket for ony, tht work mt lintel how up ae the vale of 7 (2-1) contained in legth Uy of the distant trake, The ntare ofthis wake we determine by Gnding is ditarbance ‘elocty potenti Over the wing epon 5, the walcoatinuty ia caleu- Inte, a5 (7-26) tobe ete) = 6,404 ~ ¥6.0- = [teu nh — sion 0d = [wean ae 38) “The lat ine her follom from the defisiton of 7-2), the lower init AE bing replaced by the cnrdinate zx ofthe local leading edge since there o wedinoontinity aad of thi point. ‘Beyond the taling edge fon the spate, [ig ~ a =O 8 view of the contin of eotinuty of renee ae dreads) = [ rennder= 32. eam Sec cn nig ote ma mt otf wag Si eae en a i om 080) U3. mad = ey The coinplete vortex sheet simulating the lifting surface, as seen from Fenprenein eran yoettariet ett uty enon rat bas ene ‘choose on shonin es yee Statens pes Svan een pated ean ea cater eas en Saale pee Tele tanc eta 'a Stone al ae pm y oed Set denen i a ba Shay ap artes ie ohoweta ey ita nauntowat bcos estavncoml row ¥ jor. io 7-4, Votes set eprint ded wing of ite pan, ‘hind nde in @and a. Fr the plane wake, wo ue (2-11) and the equality tf wor and Kinetin nergy inert to obtain p= ~ 282 ff Seas, on ‘whee Seas compries the upper ad lower surface of unit length f the (Iate ao ten by anole at rs inthe Bid. Clary, 48 = a, while ae S "ar ay, Reser cf ot om from the properties of infinite vortex ies, Using (7-42) and (7-80) in wa, [ne EEL rode ft om A mote symmetric! form of (7-48) ean be contrasted. parti integration with rapes to Tn the proces, wo make ue ofthe Cauchy Principal salve operation sty = yy and wota Ue fs that F(b/2) = 0 [ive of tho continuous droping of laa to arn a he wig tip. fe Eww —niane. on tn interstng that (7-57) and 7-44) imply the well-known rel that nium indent drag for vent aceved,independenty of the > a! 1 bemodae amy 11 eas of amber and planform supe, by lpi spanwise lad distebation Novi = vTERP. 45) “Tha ne epee tection a Foes wei P= UT Ansa, 48) Pm Seas = a e480) ve fad fom 7) = Fett, 40) Homeer 1-0 of (8) yt Dia PES nad oan Accordingly, the higher harmonise of Ue Fourier serie add drag without increasing tl it. Heaee an optim i eaced when oly the Ay arm corresponding to (7-4) is present One ean then prove, fr instance, tat 48) where A 74 Liting-Line Theory . ‘Te Sint rational attempt at prditng ladon subsoil, thee dimen sional wings was 8 method du to Prandtl and his ellabirators, which ‘ven esectllyadaptnd im an approximate way tothe large aspect ratio, “iaweptplanforms prevalent during the ery twentieth entry Althouth ‘ur appreach is no! the eli one, we wih to demons here how the Litingtine approximation follows naturally from an sppintion of the “method of matched asymptotic expansion. Let ut camider« wing of {te nore pctred in Fig 7-4, abd introde asd sal parte ey shih is inverely proportional othe aspect ratio "Thenifwe rite the Teel chord ae @ tod examine the matched iner and outer solutions associated withthe ‘rover e4 Oat ne apan we al be eneatng a consent bigh Spectra Uheory. As far atthe thicknes rai, angle of afta, and ‘Ginber are concerned we amet that they are eal at the out aod 2) 4)ti athaeonadvsionst!wixon th sunsoste now! joel 7 renin unehanged at e4 ~ 0. Ou arting point therfore the problem ‘embodied in (520)-(5-90, with A ~ Ose sy the emaequeoes a ‘primposing a eecod limit on te situation whieh they dear, Placing the wing a low aa posable o the y-axis inthe pple, we eine new independent variables rede red - tobe eld constant when performing the inner int, The inner and eter eves a eae nD beware, Sta) om ellen) + eaetles 8) + es) ioanee of “eroth-onder” i of eoane, diferent here from (6-8) ‘nd G-10)] When gvanishe, the entire bound vortex eter of he ng (ao sen by an “outer observer") contrac to a coneetrted line bet ‘the wing in y = 72 along the yaa. There til remain aatroamse ake of celation dy per unit with. According ta 28) or (6-2, the veloity potential or thi tation is Tove a a Bhar are al” 59 a Lrt—~—srs——S prose. fn the seroth-order inner slug, we intr (7-0) into (5-2) and et eg 0, whereupor os Sine he ori 7-8) Oe), a tron hat G+ Gg-o 5 Eun (5) i a mutable ateent of the nner boundary eo tions and ean be writen Se urn at 2-H osm) = foray on 8 Behan mt crs80) oa ee ro ere Bia plnform projection whose chordwise dimensions remain Site fe — 0. Inserting (Ste) into (735), and equating eoresponding ‘orden eg, we nd a tag a ea iw Soren 6) : fon oo 8 eran a1 es {A psibl alton io 7-8) and (7-56) isthe twodinensiona potential fora thin sie, which can be expres 8 Af rte tot “7s can be determined by the slution proces elaborated in Seton the coretness of (7-87) must be etabsed « poverier Proving to higher onder in ¢* mead, in consequence ofthe vanishing oe 38) ~“ - anno 0 8 oy With the matching prea in ew, we ote that pombe solution of (-58)-(7-50), withthe neemary antieymmety in vides CSN tno, cm) aeuniar'( tnt oti er eo he oy nd ares Fon etn, A hee th et seems cee anaes cool iia tte wren oe waht ce gan tame Se wee ed utile peel guaran deearant Sara ere ame mae eg ae‘rp and Bes (00 ee ee dl mI tarmnoee TK m compooeat win the y,eplane, With + = 0, after an integration by para, (C2) yiekda won ute at [gee an ca Jnana + 500) oan comping (1) an 0-2), we cre tat ba hori nage SPREE CAIN: Shion th mhng pm ie mm, OT Dd bea) a hf parted ES - aif ot tod ton 6-29, ef ax 1g" a 2 Saale Be a wae 48) Ot coune, he Doan ceation Na) = Vol, trian + earns — 0-8) “he fring ruta may be tert phyelyw alloto S crdrin othe fence of Site pan on the flow over a wing eo rece ‘he oe! denen at any atatony by an “induced angle of aia waht a For fixed y the shordwie lad datribution, ete, may be exeulated on 8 two-dimensional basin if the geanatrcal incidence a ~ ¢08/8r) in ‘ijuted bythe amount ioce a independent of thin inequivalent to ratucing only the Hala orion of he lading (et 5-89).13 uas-onuentiovae wins 1 avERONIC rLow fear. 7 one require only the spanwise it distribution 1 = pala mutable ‘unton canbe derived by equating pa toa second expr fe it, 1) = 264 Ubon, + ah 9 hore ona) isthe geometrical angle of attack at sation, measured from the aeosftatitide, ‘The prediction thatthe ifeeure spe of ‘ny twodiensional aril in has here been aorumed, slthough rand orga development of (7-68) he seplaced 2 hy an expe neatly determined vale I we inert (7-47) into (7-68), we are led tothe following integr- iret equation for, re etalon — ef gt). aon ‘The substitutions (7-8) rel inthe ler relation El Pr | Aasin nd = om ‘Tis is usually solved by coloention at a number of ypanwie stations ‘a tothe number of eonwtanta dy neaded for mtisfactory converge, "Yan Dyke (186) fas published very thorough evertgntion of iin line theory a8 singular ereroation problem He han suceeded int Diacng 7-60) by an exc intogral representation ofthe srulton and ‘xamiod the iafaenr of wingtip shape onthe validity of the rls. sah worth mentioning that “iting” provodue for wept wings can te derived ly a somewhat more invaved application of the Freoing proved Pethap the feat fendamental investigation of the vliity of the ‘itineline idealistion remminn that conited bythe Gottingen er [Prandd, Wheobergr, and Bete (1021, Section TV]. Their reals, 8 few of which are sumaised in Fig. 7-5, involve using formulas based fon asuned elite ding Yo at rteied ie and induced Gags {o corresponding values on. refrene wing wih A= 5. By the ea, ‘he infuenees on the coereaton du to profile drag and to deviation rom 2 in the sectional itveure slopes ae miniised. ‘The Se repodses tures of Cy va and Cy ve Cp an measured ona serie of rotangat iting wrfase, having ape ration between Land 7. Tn parte (0) and (©) the value adjoted ta the eective Am Sae acento fall together ‘thin the experimental accuse ced tnehton 3) MORE RaroveD Turon oF stent Tere 7-5 More Refaod Theores of Litng-Line Type In view ofthe great mathemati sinplieatin and the primary co ‘em with spanwise led dtl that ares in connection with ange seyret ings, several eemea have been prone for redtng 2) tom singe integn equation rxmblng (7-60) No ole of thse pow: the element of eonaitent rationality denontrated in Betion 7-4, But ‘eof ateret to ace how some of hem are artived at by approximation, ‘he procedures which flow are suggested by the work of Rene (194, Tet ws start with the lead term of (7-28) and cary out the chordie Integration fost {foc dtis~ foal titel ~ Fea aale lone 1g ar ay a ee tee) Although thelnitsof chords integration may depend ona, uatiy the interchange of iteration and difereatintion bere by carrying oat integration aren ‘an infinitesimal ditance beyond the leading eee ad ‘hserving that 9 then vanishes st both init ‘Thor we obtain the (el “enact integral equation H000- —af ds oD oy Vea Po a : fees even om “We now examine the conmguences of approximating the eufiient of 27 [ay in vavious waye. Fit, for large rato Oe, we argue Wat (y ~ yy)? > (2 ~ )* over swat ofthe plano ao thatVids 1 ander-ooucdaionan favor ixteumomt mow! jonur! 7 Moreover, when we are integrating spanwine though the singularity at VE=AFEG= WS, _e~ al 4 Gwu-w =e=ae—m ‘is antiymmtrie nea y = yy s0 that this contribution to the Cauchy ‘nea tends to be ateanetig. Nepecting theer e om G-7), ~ dae nef, Meta, ‘The integral acre the chord in the last member tere to be taken at station y,sinee 72,9) — Osea of the leading and behind the ling cdge 1-5) i iserted into (7-72), we recover litingine theory. 18 ‘ac, itis not diel to prove that a farther mulation” by V=/C—3) sd integration with pect to yells precy (7-80. ‘Nex, lt us investigate the improved approximation of asining |r ya rough average vale dey). That we write VERSES OD = ROT G-ne-w Se= aw FO We sbatitate (7-70) into (7-72), make a tmporty loa chordie bit 0 thatthe lading and trang egea are z~ 0 and e(p) at station, ‘multiply by 2/0 =) and integrate chordie with respec to rally 3 ‘This ary, re) = 0S sadn O= wD 1 f"" ar View EG aa, tan fn Ee om DM anon he ing ed lng eg have en ita to # = Ona 1 one asrto muons or strawoste rm! ts In (1-70, we hae end the tno dine ‘aroring tame Fenn = — [wan yes te sey tained or (0) by ing at en uation (7 eet the negrdiereileutionf Wel snc Talat" etigG0e) atorogaly deeoed OF buco ie of etna) ng he qed te cmc) none te ad inves nlc fo palo the et the heer Sealy cach sti. hewn wee utd bye rele {Gove at pti te ound yrs tod aig nd. teyonina S/he eet cto frat pe par She'hnter lef osinenal fo.” Por pope of aera ‘Sion Us angus ltd fe tested tego 0-7) I sila nd ettcing t/t he meron, whee from ero i 78) 1a rend = ate ft 7 ree fale (a ay, 0 + mum Lit ye) sae Om) tg eB! 7-20 For avept wings, Websinget (1947) prope flowing. an exactly simar prover, cept at he eloyd de inl w anaes {En to tho erection, to epee he ht and eft ales ofthe V-shaped ‘unfrm: In this the futon of G-79) replaced by a much more _Ecmphgted Toren of sweep ane, ned local aspect rato. The ‘Wimingertehmiqas have been very suceemtulfor predicting spanvite lead tation om eh, yep-bck, and eneporrand wings Inder to lege met rato, Numeral sstion ofthe tegration i uly ede by clean, sing he sane Fouts abt {ube donned in Seton 7-4 bl erin he soni ae ty quadrature Most common in practice an ingenious wanant of the Fourer series (Sulthop (1538), wherein the unknown coefienta Tecome precly the salen of Tat preamigned set of stations across the wingpan, Many tables have bees published {ofeiiate thee ear slatesPor oy a ad bd Mo" ruas-onusnsionss, wivor 1¥ somtoNIC ROW fear. 7 Reisner (1946) hus nugget generalising the technique which led to (7-77) a flows: He operates on (1-72) by applying vious Fanetions af 2.8 ithting factor ad integrating wth respect to arom the chord. ‘Simultaneously, nthe nonsingular pat of the ere! function, he approx rata (3) witha sere of tere which contin uitable fanetieaof¢ nltpind by the rennng it 1), the pitehing moment per unit pan ‘and pomible higher moments of the chordwiee load distribution, "The weighting factor fo 7-72) ates chonen that the vngular tera dly| Yield quantities proportional to ty), pitching moment ee, ‘Thun ae ‘bison set of snultaneosiategroierential equation inthe sing independent warble, the number being equal the number of chon. ‘ise loading moments desired. Namal soliton can procrd by smoeraliation ofthe Fourersriee method for, and all qundratre hat ‘most be dove involve ely nonsingular integra tj avompeene ow Gute itcrnt adaption ofthe iting ie, bt one worthy of retin hr if bet primal onthe ne ed tts of Snel wing wih vy lov spect ati Fo tan et Conse plaforn ofthe tp lated i Fig. 7-8, wth ‘edge cut off normal to the flight direction. - = ‘Eguton (7) may be writ sono Efe at Geen om) For reuone logos to tho which produced (7-75), we adopt the ‘spprxinaton Ve=a Fo wa eg tat sl om ah os ‘we manipalat the itagral as follows: eae hfe on SB Loy Rte eae Here n(n the leading-edge coordinate deine in the igure, and we have interchanged dierentation nd intgration by allowing the inte tration avn toexend ashore distance ahead of the leading elge. No ‘oct potential diwntinulty perme ahead of thi edge, 80 739) Fons deunddes= [be — ld = Bete 80 Ceatly (7-80) in an integral equation for two-dimensional, antsy seta ow in planes normal othe fight rection. Thay for wings in ‘Mbsooie fight he results of Sections 4 and 5 have een arrived at {rom another dretion,. It of intrest. that (7-83) can be inverted to Yield the wloty potential of the slender wing in term of the known lation of sac slope 208) 2 f" weno Hyy, ga a GSR OH ‘A condition ofr et creation hasbeen employed to ake this solu tion unique, One rant pei cte sof Ro “wpanwise amber,” ‘phen in independent ofp. We ae then led to. 208 297 wi, 1-86) at = laut, 9) bela. w) = ~2VHG) Aa the trailing edge, seth) = P= ava =F wt), 88) se) Ceoc! — muoolernond, mvaty odie rot tnt. 7 which wil be recone» cate of elite laud ditibation. Among cer intersting rent, we an replace i 0) by (~a) jn (-88) and calelae tht the iteurve slope Tor any rich wing (2/24, a0 wa so derived in Section 6-7 ‘A ‘chordie itingsine theory” of the forpuing type but which ‘pps higher upon the sopetratio wale hasbeen pu oth by Lawes (0851, ‘His sehome consis of integrating the exact equation (280) ‘eanvi, ser epiyng the wghing factor VAG) = He then kes the apposimation VES EEG a ile — 2) + VERT 80) sa hun aries at a relatively tractable single integral equation in = 74 Theories of Ling Sutace Type Numerous attempts hve been published at devising an approximate elution for (7-28) which provides information on bots panning aad hordwie load distributions. ‘Thase have invaved multiple Ing ins, higher moments of the choise louing fe Resaer (1940), and "aioe diaerete-vortex theres” Pehapa the ext known and wily sed of the eae techniques was Unt de to Falkner (1048), wherein & Batter of enornraed horeshoe vortiee sprinkled over the plaforn ‘sed their strengths are computed by applying the tangetial-fow eon tion at numberof (eareflly selected) stations equal to the number af edoteined eats valves, In the era of the highapeed digital computer, there isan element of ‘nationality in clinging to any qustonhly consistent epresinaion thet {enbodis the amount of rumen labor inherent in ll ofthe tenon ‘Mtisgeurace thors. One would prefer to make 8 diet attack oo (7-24) itl, employing a method of mltion which conver unifray {o ancxact rent as grater renement (ia, larger numbers of unkown) 5 introduced, Syeh are the approaches of Auton (1980) and Woe 0 (1955, 1080, and othe). We ouline here the later. Ti wo be ‘rong sini, but Watkin’ work aa heen programmed for widely ‘valle American computer and include extension for both compre. ‘ble and wnsteady ow (ena! simple harmonic wing clone, Ye be tact). Tadeed, ll the principal mathematical diffe of thee more {general cue ae present in the stedy,ineompreite edction boas {he singlet in (© — 21) and (41) remain unchanged. Hence ‘ou brit discus is easly Broudened to cover ime-Jepenent, ubrone flow by inteodicinga moe eomplinted "eran funtion, he unknown (2,9) nh integral equation. oor aca os wa 5.0) nee [=a on ‘We now define the dimersioniasepanmiee and chordite variables, y and #, scoring oy = $6.09 2 2 Herel) + sux0)) ~ Herel) ~ zen(p}ooe 8 451 Herat) + 2un(00)) — Fy) 008 stn (0 ave the eet of puting the wing tp at ‘ier ths nga ring ae sted, roped, ng he Tne Onde ana comet nnn ar a oa Subeitating nto 7-90)-(7-91) and extracting the singularity from the ere! faneio, we are fd othe integral equation ffomns 7 where” 2 _ Ra1+——@HG— 5) _. (7-95) VIG = a= or bevy, Kx expend here diel in tera of the diners Sr une Gee Me fen, Ken when td the wing sorte have bee spe 5 ‘Duerinaon of load ttn ean be reduced toa” problem of ues ntorations and ati aversion by ehoosng 8 epropte ‘ers reprint forthe usksowa Th form sgt in Wannhoroy oa vow 4 150 tuRas-onuekmionat waxes 1 SUBBONIC LOW fear. 7 a. 195i [He aaa emt} 099 Equation 7-9) embodies the wellknown serie for chords nding, septed fom subsonie thinaivol theory, end. spcwinoad er ‘ay related to (AS) forthe iting line. Thur the term Vi contains the aforementioned eipiedisteibation and shows the proper infinite slope at each wing tip. Here cot €,/2 i tho two-dimensional, Aatplate Gstribution and. has the necrmary leadingedge singularity [e. 6-8)). All terms aati dhe Kot Jookowaky condition, Tor purpoes of abbreviation, let ue write he an 4 5 sions, na ‘Then the aubttation of (-96)-(-97) into 7-9) leads tothe flowing Integration problem: Vig win EE wf [[[ersnann 28) After th intemal here have been surerizlly ealted for a numberof 9) combinations equal tothe dazed number of Sey confi, the seistion bomen a matter of ashe Lit, pitching omen, induced rag, ete are eatlyevaonted ty appropriate persone om (1-90), ‘atkins eal (1958) into considerable acoomary deta on the mater of programing tp two numa integration alle for in (7-08), tt foes not sem wth to provide a full ceoune her.” should be ote Wat for given choice of, the inner finegaton contains no ‘Snalait Cae mnt be tan, however, beonae ofthe fac hat when 4 tthe val ot jump es Oe 2 ay psc rn pear t lee Thon The onion nytgrtion i ari ccoding to Bangle uC In vw of th rapid warn te viity of ¢ ae ‘Wikio ta. found Ht nesmry to beak the spans range int fou tint regions, the geatst conor being with sal fegon comer ‘om 4 an Specal tape must be taken far swept wings with potted vertcen and ao for the vicinity ofthe integrable Infinity fl) athe Toaing ede 6, Porn a a a 78 -munontes or Lina-Unrace TPE ts Sample computations by th forging procedure, for sted and n+ steady for, wil be found in Wathine ef al (1950) and ebewhere (6 ‘au (1058) Cunningham and Wolston (1058). An ingenious refinement fl the technique of ton, by whith oe in abi to avoid empletely the ‘Shogun of the Lerel uneion at the price of woring with a fixed set ‘ot wation ove the plafor, hus been published by Hau 1958). ‘Asan example, we sho in Fig 7-7 an aplsationof the kerel-unction procedire ty the incompressible ow around an uncambered dete wing Chaopect ratio d= 2. at tendy angle of alack Tn the caleaatioas, 3 Voaing modes were used (chordie and 3 sper), andthe pach tres sated approninntely inthe lout-quare sense at 18 contrl points & TRY P77 Clete aod experimental ig promuredissbuton oer delta Peg A= 25" ameristar, corey of De. Shen all)17 open pw es PT ‘The agreement with the experimental iting premre distebton obtained ‘by Berndt and Orlk-Roskemasm (1940) i atinacory bt ot te good wt ‘hat forthe total it (Fig 10), This mmnly duc othe fac th the thineving slain ie basically an outer snhton vad ay the ighborhod ofthe wing mrfan Therefore, an application ofthe tos ‘mentum theorem makes wear, the theory wil give correct value of otal lift nd moment to fis order n angle tack when the iting pretre ‘station wll ontainfexvondr ter due fo thiekaem which wl Be ‘ticularly importat neat the rounded lending edge ‘Three-Dimensional Thin Wings in Steady Supersonic Flow #41 Introduction In this chapter we bal evew some developments inthe theory for supenonie fow around thwedimensons) wings The Vnearind thoy for thin wings formated in Chapter 5 willbe und throughout. Thus, the diferent equation governing the pertrbaton velocity potential is ven by (6-20), which forthe present organ wll be writen he allo: Blea tot en = 0 on snhere B = VIFF. Amociated with (6-1) the boundary condition one Oy forzyon8, (630) oF a -nhich ous from the ondition thatthe Now ste tangent to the wing Surface In addition one needs to presen Unt perturbations vanish ‘head ofthe mot upstream pont of the wing. The Kutta condition need tot be speed in spersonie Bow ‘rle the wing bas trang edge ‘with high sweep otha he veloc- Sty component normal the ee ‘edie. Buch an eg wl be sid to be ubwone. A wing may bave ‘oth supersonic and subeonie ead ing and ruling edges A wing with ‘only supersonie leading and traling flgea is commonly refered to as” Sta ie Ihavinga “imple plasform.” An ex- ! ‘tople of sich © wing ie given in Fig 84. io 6-1, Wing with imple plntorm,156 | reerpomemepear —per——p ou pec TTS 2 Noakiting Wings ora nonliting wing es = tu in (20); ence 04) = wl, 1,0) = wale), oy ‘sy, and th perturbation potential ¢ thus amet in. convenient ‘ry to bald up a rymmeteie potential aby covering the y-plane with « ‘ore dstrbution wn was dave in Chapter? for the insospreble fon five "The alu ort of tee fedora te Fy Hus O is (Eq. 5-98) = sig = = fin vided, BV B-ne enc by integrating, we obtain 1 ms eau 2 ff tenyderan | Pe 6° ‘here the eon of ineration 2s the portion of the zpplane itecepad {ry the upstream Mach cone from the eld point 2,9, ©, Pin wars in Fig 8-2. Refring to Fig 9 we so atthe eal volute ution ‘eit are from the maroc in 2), ach tide contbting al hie value. Henoe th nsdinensonl sure eng Sen) = Pos. os By inmating (8-5) into (8-4) we obtain the following rel, which was ie 2. Rein of source dtribton afcesing the pnt ey 120 ge 0 * seein) St derived hy Packet (196) Waa ‘Next, the pressure cofiint ely obtained from, y= ~ Pee an, ‘When evaluating Con the wing surface (¢ ~ 0:1), is convenient to Integrate (6) fist by parts with respect to, an then perform the Aierentiation with repet to 2. By uring (0-37), oF simply by voting ‘the mymmry ofthe mureemktion in and =, then obtain xen 00) = 2[ f° meus va an Uh ema By eyleu nde d_), + EER) where A and B are the values of ya the intarsction of the upstream [Mach ines fromthe pots, withthe leading edge ofthe wing eo Fi, 8-4). Ava check ofthe above rel we coder «two-dimensaal wing for which ws independent fy. Thus the integration over yea be etre out dzely. Using standard integral tables me find that (ee e - Hence (6-7) vee cents = 3feors [lamer] hich is Ackere' reat for two-dimensional fa (on Section 5+)Ce ee 186" rrmonematonas nmr wow, sormone OW fo, <- Bon tenaannion Pats nr tn nn ee Ik Gunes opens eames cane Test niin he uc fhe thar wept i ‘eompraon with eerie ut fora = ‘hte rik a Boyd 180) “Toe wing wet alae eat fe pole of thins rato (ued i the Sow dic) of 7% Au ‘en, the grement is miacary exp toma th wing pe where ‘nln turbance accumulation appareny eae 8 tit inthe rome distribution downto rave to the trea care £53 Lifting Wingo Sine Porm ora ing with oly penn sp wig wih Wing poem, ther mo aecion seten th ow pe un oer ms {th wig. He he ow abve he vig wy, teams ‘pn wing ithe mae (25d (7 conte be Sire ae. A an eae we eth et fra unaered ‘a wn of weal a hs eve nl af oe ck) ‘ng of aac a The ifn rome diese tee tie lower iid pe ns i tobe fr ar, ost ie ni Lm mr sgget Lt maT lor eae eh. ay ep= 8 wet m= Bfans, ow 1 Bis, on 4 aeverthon oF trrana sho xnsthanonsdve "ast <5 a TIF Fa. $-6, Ling premeditation on «dla wing with mpnosi ang ‘lec ‘nd tho verter catod atthe orga. It naen that AC a constant slong rays through tho wing verter, as are all othr pial proper of the flow. ‘This an erampl of soealledcomcl fe which wl be deve Inter, The prowuredutrbution given by (10) shown in Fig. 8-6 for the cam of m= 12. By integrating the ling premurs over the wing Irface one ds that the Mit concent for a angular wing beeomes singly cu = ta/B, em that ia the lt i independent of the sweep when the Iading edge re rupersonio. Thin cel is Mental to tat for two-dimesional Row, tay be determined from (6-9). 184 The Method of Evvard and Kraicchikova® ‘Whenever the wing hasan lam, or art of one, that ie mbes, the problem of delermining the fw around iting wing bocores rch te ‘Completed. The reaon for thir x apparent when we comer under ‘hat cicarstanes the simple formula (1) can be use. This elation Teauie that w he known inthe whole wptream region of nBuenee fom ‘the Bel point. I the nonifting case ¢ x eymmetr in; hence, = 0 + en tho airplane outside the wing. For the caw of simple planform 20 ‘iurbanos enn propagate abead ofthe Ieading ge and hint i ero ‘Abad ofthe planorm, that in known within the regio of infuene, Teanrer of wheter the flow i apmunetrie or not. Ta awe ofa ting ‘Ting with a eubeone lending eg, however, yin nat sco ahead of the ‘ae; on the conteary itr alway singular ant ead of the leading edge, ‘xsptposrily atone ale ofa (we Fig, 7). Developed independently by Brvard (1860) and Krsishehikovs (196),His Vr Bom bua cae wood attenabe euch fuel 8 $7. Type tutes ete and wy the la of pate ower, i w ahead ofthe mbsonic ee could somehow be aut 't would be poste wo use 68), et uscondes the fllowing problem: iting eras with an angle ‘otatiack dirbution a(z 9) haw leading edge that In partily per ‘oni, partly eubsni (se Fig. 8-8). The pe maybe danontinnoas ‘i the operon portion i armed to end at 0, Tie boundaty ood tions to be aiid on the plane are $654.0) Wo~ —o(e9), on the wing, td) (2,460) = 0, shen ofthe wing oy ‘Theater condition follows from the antnymmatry of. Po. 8-8 Wing sanorm with pariaiy ‘hone ede Po. §0,Introtuntin of haratrtie ‘eordoaien ‘The potential ata pint Pop the wing can be expec bya of 6-6) flo: 1 as 0 dd 10) == 15 sono=— 5 |) eR | However, in not known inthe rion OCB. An iter! euatin fry In obtains by me of (6) fr point n OCB. Then, beso of (8), o--1 J viewed gary * ben Ve= 2 BGO “To se this ntegal equation i i onveint to intros the cara (cli wordonten rand soe Fig 8-8) def by ow 20+ BU ~H amber zo, yo ae the coordinate ofthe pont Similarly, a integration ‘arabes we intodace| ree. 20 ~ Bn — 9d) = (1-204 Bly — 90. ow Thos omVig Pt bom bar be waned eotaebite rb aed 8 td the integral equation (8-17) takes the allowing form: Lele oa 44) i the equation af the miperonie portion ofthe eding ‘le (the let f 0). Equation (5-21) may be writen in the following form Rodan [ta om 22) ain Equations (8-2) and (@-25) are of the form * pits) a . = [mina os 10 ~ fate o ‘inane a Att neg eqn toni ctaly nat ferent pan acho a eee ee wie poet eae nt ‘ecu yaho1”La ane ba) a eg [CP mtcuant shee n= aa(r) is the equation ofthe steonie portion ofthe lading ge othe ight of 0). Then, see F = 0, welewniddn fw Leaps — om ‘Th integral on the left involves onl vals ofp onthe planorm which sce known, Hence his itor can be elated and we tre et with at integral uation the form (824) which ean be solved unin the rots sven inthe Append to Soeton 8-4. Sometines it might be of inter {0 determine ws ots the ang wg; however, for mrt practical cases ly the prea on the wing sequen which case ot notery {o caluate wpm ode to make te subsequent development case folow me will devote by a) the unknown value of wy i te Fon tad the lading edge, ‘Th, rom 20), Latte — [sige “em 2) + 25) en a a "Expressing (6-16) in the characteris coordinates we obtain Aiea 1 ff lento dod, LL Vomae— nh om) (On combining the at two integral nd carrying out the integration over fee ft bt, foreach vale ofr, the allowing integral ovr [cotpas agate. om ever, seerding to (8-77), thi eo forall values of in hereon ‘utes deeds inclding #1 Hen the lat to integrals in 28) ‘ane deny, nod the Soa rel, expresed interme of Cartesian ‘ron, berms fae Notice that the potential i independent ofthe shape of the leading edge treween D and ‘The formula 8-30) may be extended alo to cases inher ther interaction tetmees subsonic side edges (ee Fig, 6-8), Tog there me pr, however tal of he ding ey thn [nperin, The region of integration jn (830) for the wing shows i Fig B10 indicated by the erated areas. This metho has been ted by Elkin nd Woodard (1054) to obtain an approximate solution {orn dla wing with subeoniceading edges in which he aresof integration trereflosted back and forth ight up t> {he pinted iit By comparaon with the act aoution (we the flowing ‘etn Ie found tht the ero incu fol by neglecting the contributions {her the tind reestion se negligible io 8:10, Ara internton or iter. log ie oesi Roa ag Nes, norenoMe row four. 8 toe) nerds ootesbonae oh 8-5 Conia! Flows ‘The Evvand-Krasihhikovs method fils ta gve an exc nuton when ‘0 portion ofthe leading edge is auperonit, or example in te ce of dela wing with leading edges wept behind the Mach nes Tn sch eee ‘one ean often employ the method of eonel Bow, ‘oni fw ice for which the fw properties (reli component, presie ee) ar cota long raye rough one point Exarples of ch Hows are sown in Fig. 8-11 Th wing () and (c) refi plates 8 all angio of attack In « conieal Bow there is ws lypia! nth (One ean thus cut of any forward portion ofthe ing and thn eng, and hen, upin maifeaon get back the onal flow pcre. Wnt makes {his posible the et thatthe positon ofthe taing edge dora at aflst "eHow head fit Conical ome arena lable na subse men, Pio. 511. Heaps of cone! ow, ‘We sal onside specially the ease (a) in Fig. 11°. The vertex of the wing i asourod to be looted atthe oii, To treat cone Bows ‘mare convent to work dretly withthe nondmensneal pertarbaion ‘elocity companys, », w iaead of with. Since the diferent sgoson (6) fori, ay of thee compet mas ai say ae tty tg = (ean However, ita funeton ony of te onion variables, whieh fr cone venine may be dein flows fe tan! yle = tan p/n, (6-82) "The ution of ha role ma fit given by Stewart (16) Porororoyoaonog oy costeat rows 160 Intedoxing (82) ino 8-81), wo obtain = Fe + 2a ba =, 88) sud simian forthe other coniponents. I the yplae, the Mach cone Ssteprecmnted by the nit cle and the wing by the alt long the yi tt length 2m, where m is defined by (811) (ee Fig 8-12) The boundary condition for wis that © = —w on the sit On the Mach cone aod mt all vanish. Furthermore, w and mst be ftegmmeia wher tbe rm. ‘The componente are rea through ‘the itationalty ron 2 om whieh sates wots wees ne ae 1s ible to transform (6-13) nto more fain frm by ite dlcing the new radial coordinate 1avI=R, 1 39) py. Wing conal aie aaa “This rueformation fared after Tucaplyzn. Te has the property of trnnoring 23) into the two-dimensional Laplace equation Pan + Bug + om = 0. ean 1 the plane robe en P= Bain, the intro ofthe Mach cone again corresponds tothe interior ofthe ait Cele, but the wing i now reprwnted bya alt Between y's mand a nm where a os 1-vi (ove Fig. 619). The ccordinates wand fare ated to the original conical ‘rorinates Yaad hughPoe a 164! cuteeonistiowaL THN woe SUPERSONIC Plow fon. 8 io, 18. Linn of conan y fale Elan Lines of coosant 9 and # ar india in Fig. 8-13, abou be noted thatthe lines 7 = const are normal to the wai for 0, tha the ‘dincton agree with the Bdeeotnn on f = 8. Since each of the veority componente a mln ofthe tmodinea sonal Laplace equation in the nf-plane, is pombe to use all the ‘overfl techniques developed for imeompremible ow, In partisan it ‘convenient to employ complex varabies Let tavte om pi ei aa pre Soe ae a Are pata taste on er ig they aie imaginary at Weal nw der the toundary conditions for On the wing w= const = a. Hoe, from 8-39), me : Bcn om Tn PaO, Ihe, om ‘nt according tothe Cauchy Riemmnn condition : oy ° ow wot VT cothcan dvs 1 Bay “Henge i costant onthe it Jy < mand tis constant may be chosen equa to seo. ‘Thos B=0, F=0, hem oo (nthe Mach cone the dsurhanee must vanish, ence veo mid 40 se of he te snd Boo a ana ny ng hte Cay mas tn, # Boo ms “ f-0 on y= 0 47) Also must have singularities at the wing egs of the ate type as 8 leading alge ina eubsenie flow” To pet u general Mea how u, hence 0, nay behave, we reall the ret for's iting wender ing inv wub- oF upermnie ow. Acerding to (6-08), the complex pertartation veloty potential or this cave reads TO = oh aX HX, BB) where # i the wag seripan and Kaytee Dierestintion with respect to = gives O, namely, = ele. om) oa Hence on the pais = 0+) 0 = = seals ow from which i spon that u mus havea squareoot singularity at the leading edge. Eaton (8-50) provides very convenient staring point for finding a soltion in the eoneal cam." For a dla wing += #/an 8, tnd then (80) may be writen 2 ve 5 ative onsel udsroumelaovas fay wate, crtome slow foe. ‘When we introduoe the expreons : ‘we obtain from (851) ate some rearranging en tata Lt 9) a Btw Vera way Hence by asl contntion we nd tat an ase Bie ira we OOO ‘nu be the limit ofthe funtion a m orm ~+ snc then the coil flow solution must approach the slendr-body solution, Its ceiy on {hat (8-64) purely ral on both the ain ad the ans inside te ait ciel. Also, ean te shown tobe purely imaginary for € =e" that (8-46) is flied. Consequently, (854) isa solution with the role Dropertis. Iti nt the most general sation, however, since we tay Iakiply i with any rel constant besa of the homogencty of te Souniary conditions. The prope soliton i therefore amen) _ a) oo Blew Bw SD where resin tobe evaluated, Cleciy Cat we wo, os) since the slnder-body station must be the proper Tit for vanishing ‘an of the delta wing; C mnt be determined such tht, + wane onthewing =. eT) ‘Now, fom the cation of iotationaity, Gos ns 002) A, op 1s mfcent ta determine w for ove val of yon the wing only. For convenience me shall choose J = O. Introducing a integration vance 1 = Bey, om ve obtain rom (8) wo-s['Bany amy 2 Pororopororoaog +s cowteay rome 1 (The Mach cone corresponds to % = 1; wheras for # = 0 the Unit = corrondh to %, — 0) We ray in (-€)) make the further ution of integration variate n= 2 sn THA ‘corespanding tothe Tehapiygin transformation, Since wy ds — wy (6-20) beores wane ef Himes a rom (8-85) fellow, ming = if, Ut wW(0, 2) = [a el (8-63) 2 BL + we) WEE PLE aE) Int ha lo (4 and sting w(,0) = —, we oan te ‘owing cet a 1 Pal [ose a a= Jes Com) Oe mie aL ewe rE wey, oon wt wt) [Ot a ea Clr’) arm, (owe? + DO + meDP ymakng tment ely a 0) = 1a 1 Sou he oto 0) uated by maine a ee RATED b-ER-vEe om ‘ter onset naiplation, stator ee ¢ om (eo Fe 519 shee m-0-0[" = ale (6-68) Jia areAhsan hare wos, ovrdhsonn: How cole.» ted i : 1% o ed 2 Bee tt a 1 | +7 arc io. 814. The funtion CW) = 1/81. isthe complete elipticintagral of second kind and module k, The entity ofthe two integrals in (8-68) canbe demonstrat ns follows: Pig Rtgs eo ‘The velocity dnibation i given by (8-51) multiplied by C. ‘Thus for the iting prema we obtain sate ee 7 : The ict ody ite c= 2 = oa, om “This rout hepte with slender body theory vale fa(x/2)A] form (=I) and the value according to euproni-age theory (4a/B) for m= 1 (= 0). The thereial result (8-70) agree well with expe neat for low (<5) as ahown in Pig 8-15 “The ealeuation of drag ie completed by the fact tht propér treat rent require that the singularity inthe velocity distin the ead Ing edge be taken int acount. Foran sneambred wing with aperonic ‘ges, the dag sinply the eomponeot inthe fow dietion of the normal Tore Hen, to lowest order ine, Daal on EAE, Meare spe fr dt wing a saenenie pede. Compan Hove, he te ag ambit ih webinar he ‘rts fe scion for, fey a ther nie a from th vale given by (6-21). 'A fa css Bae oe ‘ial fat ats ina shone ow fr wih the dps se Salanes the drug ives hy (7). By contlrngs mpete tone, ‘eon nar the ealing ee, on els tat io ines teihharaed most be epprosnaaytro-dnennana fe ae {te leg edge with a "roestean’ Nac mbes re tt otcty component. Caltns perma i hie ay so i deme an Ce, 00 01) te tl ig dge a ee TMM RR om few a Coie wan Experinete show thy even for wing with smo del diy sates ony tinction of te terete ading-dee sete eee reac Wings wih sharp lah auction orcas i har leading edger chow nection fore, ts wouldLea too 170" runaboneexaloway rit Rit, soPEeoNIC MAW four 8 ‘The specie example considered was one in which both leading sg were sabeonic 0 tht only the fw ie the Mach cone mas of inter. For the region outside the Mach cone one can find « traneforation ‘mir to Trehapyia' (8-3) that trform 6-3) the twodinen Sal wave equation for > 1. Ina conical problem with one ot bath Tending edges meron (eg, the cae of se edge of rectangular ‘rng) one would then new to join the solatians fa tie hyperbole aod {pte regions in such manner that the velocity eompoteata become Sontinuo srs the Mach sone (64 Numerical Integration Schemes In many prt! eae the fnotonl dependence of on = andy ie too compleatd to permit analytical integration of (8-6), and one then ‘ns to resort to numeri! methods, The taal procedure a uch asi to eublivide the ara of integration into stab sled emeate and then assume wy constant within each eementary aren. ‘This wa the spproach tid in an early paper by Linsaluoto (101). Later develop ‘nents of thio kind have primary been made ‘with the onllting-wing ‘problem in mind. Wemay here cite the papers of Zararian vod Hi (1955) Ad Pins ea. (1985. tn both these @"Mach-bor” scheme i employed In which Ue lmentary aro cont of elangen having the Mach ines ' dngonals (Pg 10a). The most acura development ta date mene to be a recent paper by Stark (1064) in whieh be ua rhombic boxe ‘unde by Mach ies (Fig. 8-16b) and takes great care in acrouting for upmsch singleton at wept leeding edge, ‘In these methods the integration over cath elementary sea ean be ‘attnd out in advance ad a table repre giving the vaio he iatgel for unity ae fants ofthe portion of the ox rat yon te wing. Fo, $16, Subdvon of integration ae in ume! ebee, (a) “Mach Seb "Character bn a 517, Uso supe bx method fora ieee tr ao pone ow the sumer aeme in the ae ofa nic real egg nia making dec eof the Error Krai tetiot“Cone for sng the cve tows in Fe 617. For ln Sone deta by fy, yh Fo he bee deol 7 Sry wai tno, iy don he Fined eon b hat ¢ = 0H, consering fal Thc bx Ime cain dey ty = Din He omer the poten inte eter of be the neg! hen inves the | Rented Ino thn exept box 2 inno, Seng ein ges ier ent froy i that ca be eny mv Tavis manne oe cn post slay by ep downteam in pried exon tnd fd wy wherespon go the ing maybe eee "Rontd eps twoplnar proeos reconsidereln Chater 1 Appendix to Section 8-4 “Take the Laplace transform ofeach ride of (8-20). Since aoe | tan fem, wn | re obtain by eof the eonvoltion theorems : ro= where Fa) and Gy) denote the Laplace transform a (and p. Thus oo = Een oy ‘a, a2)PRE poe s,s Bo Low be is nhich ainsi he norm of 0 poi £0) Ty inverg (49) wing the nv wen and oS m2 f $m, ws "Thin oltion i valid for the case J) continous ad 0) = 0. ee Drag at Supersonic Speeds 0-1 Introduction In uperoni low there ar basal thre diferent mechan whersoy Adag n reated. The iat two ar eseatily the area outeonie f, tamely through the ation of vss inthe boundary Iyer and through the rls of vortity that accompanies production oft, The deter ination of the skin tion drag involves ealalation ofthe boundary layer ina manner very sila to bat was eocnidered in incomprenibie low and wil not be deseribed further in this book. However should ‘be pointed out that skin fetion may amount to eoniderae Faction ofthe tal drag (a type gure i OF) and must of eours be inetuded in any rat deng arlysia. Thus many’of the ruts that wil be given Tater mut be interpreted with thin ind. "The vortex drag rises from the momentum, and hence Kneis enerey, [ef inthe Mud siting vehi travels though it Sine the verti remain eesmtialy stationary with the Bid, ther ino fondamentl 1th upper int inthe ines integrals may be replaced by L The ler lint in the integral over 2 fellows from the fot that fe 0 for z © Br. We tall now evaluate the integral in the limit at [Ry +o Ttsboald then be remembered tat, aroring to the way the rear disk; mas chosen, fy must be mich larger at al times than Ry. “rnce fy got infty ae Ry ~» so im mch a manner tat Bla & 1 at 2 2 * BR, Then (0-9) becomes — “8 (gt 4 BR ny (xy i meres CaaS ‘the upper limit in the inner integra being x ot depending on whether 2 iw grater than U ea) Toma ok a sank sounds ais dia ‘Now ode the facto ontaning 2+ BR =n om Vea Re ERD ‘As BR, — cy but 2 remain fie, (2-1) wil tend to f, Fors" > BR, Irhieh is the cn fr part of the integration region, the ratio (9-1) teade To'tnity. Tew therfore convenint to api te fintorval of integration fret» up ita to pata the Hist fom O to, and te second from ato (le BR). ‘The dividing pont 2 0 wl be chosen wo that 2 Ut {hat a remains fie inthe Tint BR, ~ 2, hence / By =O. Tn the [it region we can inthe lit place (011) by 4, whereas inthe cond Fegion we may nl x and compared to Thun’ the init of large Bk, (010) becomes oon ta fe [pant [te ee vias et (a [nate |p oy Inthe second part we can dirty cary out the integrals over yan 2, Sine 0) — /0 this part wanes. Hence at! = sd 055 L. The obvious may to proceed sto interchange onder of ate tration in (9-14). When the nepal over 2” i cared eat Sint, the lower [init ether or zy depending on which isthe Inge. Now ca wake — 2) — 25 4 2VE— ae = wl ne oy) Hoos the intgal over beeomes infos — 21 ~ 29 +2V@ Iya O10) However, 2 and 25 are at fet Thus for a > fe have infos — 4 — 94 2VG= He ae = =a] — Inde — 216, + N/aODD Maes bemoan seed) peub. 0 coneqventy, Fm Hf freuen tales — adds den indo ff’ Ceayen dey den + 01a). (17) ‘The second integral vanishes identically beau of the condition f0) = 40) =0. Henge in the linit of a+, ~[Uffreearten ie — alien, 0H the wave dag of «Hoga ure distribution is 3 f roarean ‘his rele may’ be compared to that obained frm sendy theory, (6-50, Te nan shown in Chapter 6th for «ld by fo) = 800. tg Bt sildsdes, 019) om Th wth 80) = 0, em 92 [99 ae [readin — rode, 2 Win elt to the reder to prove that (-10) and (9-2) are equ, AA very intersting property of (0-19) tia, upon setting T= Ua, it bec identi to the formula (04) forthe vortex dea of «iting ving, Tia property was fst discovered by von Kérm (1006). Eaton (9-10) alo shor that the dag couse of «lene body in mperonie flow is independent of Mach number, provided the body has peintod ‘nose ad eds i elterw point ora syns portion, ad as sadly ote in Seti 9-4 Optimum Shape of « Slender Body of Revolution tis ofboth theoretical and practi intrest o find are dstibtions of sends brs which, for given length, vom ot some other conta, sv the west pombe wave dag. Appinton of (0-10) with (20) then {iv rae to & vaitional problem that ean be eeted with mandand methods. The sniaity withthe vertex drug problem treated in Section 17-3 suggest sooterappronc, however, whith leu more drcly tothe sie rue "Thus, ime fahion wo intone th Cine ware bod oa! oetan wales oF slmsapen nor op asvoutmon "17, ble defined by + eo. om “The oes in repretntad by # = wand the base by # = 0. Exproting fa 1 Fourier sae veron 121% Aasnns, LEMON. Goan sd caning st he dnl negtion in (4), we tan (7-47) rE Ss seat Sg, om De ‘The commanding aes ditributin oan be found by integrating over 2, since = 8 Hence sin = fa (04592) +E a feeee men) oan ee vo a — a om Consider fist the cas of given tase area. From (0-25) fll tht only contribute tothe ba are (2) and Bence = 80 om owee al component cots to the dg, nd the dag i tha ‘fer da On rand has vane p, = tat (0? om regen in tet he rg neat bd nt a coe = 180 i ‘The we dtin thay = £044 tanan, omVe V1 he as oleic arnnint 1 seuad 0 a >a fe wee Karate gion er rtf tay ‘io. 0-2, Von Kenia ove nd eareack boy td ated iodine sho in Fi ‘in called the oon Kérmdn opive after its discoverer. peng eae Werth onde the cave we the ody poate both ed and ‘the volume is given. ‘The, singe Ay = 0, we obain fom (0-26) 1 A= 1 on Ain iii dag, lb ter eo . oct mtb a Ti Bives for the drag of the Sears-Haack body ™ om expel a8 «dag soit lo he maximum erento! ay, Coe = oxy os! Insc ork once rooms mernboron | het ‘ea etn he Batty 0 = Sy — ea, oa edits thikows dnrbation are shown in Fig. 9-2. Thi shape wa Aiacovered independent by Sear (1047) and Haack (17), ‘is nteeting to note tat bth the Yon Karn opie ad the Sears Haack boy are sightly Busted, Although lisearized theory cannot be apetad to hold cow toa Unted owe or tal it wil ive reuonae ‘lurcy any fom thse region provided Une blunts ot “excenve.” Cans for whic S'() v0 were diced ty Tindee and Renneraan (4057). They found tat ee slender-bdy result (6-88) could not be ured Inthe cas ce didnot ive» prope drag minimum. ‘Genoa, the roe not very snaive to small departure from the optimum shapes, rovied the een databtion i moth 9-5 Drag of «Genera Source Dstsbaton. Hayes! Method ‘Conse next apatialdntribution of outer nee wolume ¥ rps tenting the fo around some partly body he ae we HSE ot teow for the present parr The aig ofthis ditribution per unit "Ylume mil be dena by UnJ, 9,2), which may be dacontinods i the {rand ediectios, but not nthe dietin, ‘Thus, the neal distribution ‘onde in Section 9 ofthe form T= 10) 40) 40, 035) bere $i the Dire deta function, "We shall now proved to clefts the mare drag of the bry sing (9) atthe drag eontebation of Bg of the eylinder Se bxtmeen © Looe pee unit ange om of a Consider fixed meridian pave §~ ty and pat PCa, Ry fe) 00 ‘the eplnder in the roion that receives perturbations from the eoure Aiebution (oe Fi, 93). Th potential inthis pint depends on the fontsbations rom a he wares within the upstream Mach cove from P ‘The contribution fom source ated at Q = (2, 9,22) # proportional to the souree szength JQ) and inverely proportional to the hyperbole8. Coetibation othe potest at Pfam sure a radius BP, @) between P and Q-whih ie i= V— a= Pe = HPF eA SHAR SI TE CEs = AL : 35 [For example, ae (6-25), Tis hyperbolic radius is constant on hyper books of revelation with y= Ry, #— dp aa ain. Conder now the sources betneen to euch hyperbole, which intaroct the satis af 2 Rand 2+ de To ete the tat to (a we ‘oures, one may transfer thir otal source stregth to the xi Ta is vray the distribution in Vio replace by an equivalent final distin, i, yan equivalent boy of rveuton. So ar, ths Fal dietibution ‘egonds on zy and a2 wala ‘Consider nw, lll fore Saad @= the limita Ry —+ we Than the hyperboads of zevlution may be replay plane hat ot the me Fadan plane = # orthogooally ‘Sloog the Mach ee ==" Br = ont. Tn place of tng y+, ‘ne can parbaps dserve this nt Ingbehavne more cea by eating the body width and thicknes to Shri a sr, wberepon the earae {ure of te hyperbole of revo ‘ion Becomes important nid the body. The equation forthe planes, the "Mach plane," 21 2 ~ By ew, ~ Besin ty 3) oo)! satan rb neu are, dos ronde eurahrs 180 snhere x Ue inteoep by the plane ofthe zis. The Mach panes are Uinset to the downetream Mach cove from the polat = = 24 (ee Pig. *. ‘The total sourn strength between two such adjanet planes thus can ‘be moved to the arin. The equivalent ody of revolution in the init [By > mill depend s¢ mart on 8, that, it wll be independent of Gnd Ze, The conponding linea snor strength dstibution will be Alot by Mes #0. A eanenquenoe of the fedependenee of zy and Ri i that 6) may be sed for eompating oy and yy a Pn wel ag Th frneal may nt be used to compute ws. Evident, einer for neal ores ditetion sine thi gre th flow around a noaiting body of Fevoltiom, but the original soars dlatbution dows not give er gin {ever On the other bad gy nob needed for evafoting the dag ‘Snes gr and ys ay be computed fom the equivalent nea source istibation for edi follow hat €D4/a8 may We eomputed in exactly the same way asthe drug of lineal soure detrbation mas computed “The rel wil die from (0-21) ony by a facor br. Henoe we have ‘rove the following’ The rag Da of spatial dstibution of wources of rength Ua, dies) par unit volume i given by p= [Bee om BE [resnrenomies—nldnéen 0-40 Heide fff roe, om shore V(a 8) the rion contained between to Mach planes perpen “ala to 9) — #andInteretng the nats at z= 2eands = 2+ de, uation (40) vl for ep ditibtsona J auch thatthe equiva tent linea ditebaton fas 4) neontinuoo ins, ara (8) = 4:8) = 0, foreach "Thi eu was fit given by Hayes (194). ‘The derivation proseted above in esetily that of Geshe a. (1857) (0 Ratenson to Incl Lift and Side Force Blements For a configuration thet experones Lt and side foros one cannot repreet teow bya ditrbution af bare aloe. Tho sources present Ceortinly volume leet, Lift ad side free may be repreented by feitably event doubts on, mare enaveaeatly, by elementary horse ‘ori (ee Seton 5-3), Lift and side fore nant were neloded in layed orignal analysia, Werrat ere hie Gal rsalt without protPoropoyonoy bog 186 ‘nko AP soPmaEoNtE RPEEOR fous 9 Disine a fonetion Kah that R=] — Bisine + 1e080, oy where ate», 4) = it/anit votume, aE 92) = ade force/usit volume “The ditibations of it and wie fore may have singlets similar to (0°35) A continuo spatial tition of fron, of cor, mipomible to raze in aay phys! station, at is abo continuous volumetric sure distribution, but in principle i coal be thought of a obtained ftom an infinitely dene eaade of infinitesimal wings, cach holding an ‘mentary homaboe vortex Define further, sin (42), ean = fff toe es srbare (ian before, the region betwoes two adncent Mach planes pespendicle to’. Then the drag wl be given by De watt [fy eo tf ['wecowennmin—nidade 049 a. __~—=—S—S—~—stse et neta ell nope leh rp oreo Cee omen a eae eee ee oS ——— Soe eae cee asa Spe Seema em eee ere ee coe peae spree tere Te ee rene ee enone 1-7 The Supersonic Area Rate aye’ result an be diet applied forthe eaeulation of wave drag of ny body sntiying the “lorre condition” 10; 8) = (8) = Oy Pro ‘ied we how haw the source strength seated tothe shape ofthe body. Such relationship is koown forth ean of thin wings and clender bois ‘frelon, where the moarce strengths drectly proportional othe rte ‘of change ofthe area nthe Bow dieton, ~ jected acon of the oblique et wl Porororo ropa oa ‘rie RUPEAONE AREA ROE 8 Let ws fst considera thin neliftng thin wing for which (6-20, (-2, sand (6-3) logther mith (5D give Heine whore) tho Det dela fenton and 29a he thicknes dietibation, ‘The inteetions of two nelghbarng Mach planes with te plane are shown in Fig.9-6. The sutoce element forthe strip af area brewren the {oo intersections i dr dyad the total eulalet source strength i hae fc dep arf MEA BLOOD ya 28a, om oe errr oo ‘Thi integral canbe given a simple grometia interpretation, It repre sents the area cu off by the Mach plane and prjeted on plane normal tothe sani (oe Fig. 95). Let this re be Sy @)- Ths rom (17) Kes = 88M, oy ‘whore prime denotes diferentiaton with rapeet tos ‘Consider nex a slender ty of — revolution. We already know that : the fom sound mach aby ean be repretnted thy soures along the Pais of strength Ua), 20 at fis) ~ Sia, 0-49) independent of @. Since for very ‘ender body of revtution the pro- ‘ot fer apprsinby fom the eat ‘oemal to the ass, we may {he the geometric deign sown in Fig. 9-5 in ths cue alm. 1 fas from the uvalence wing eh Hae SE a rule, ection 6-5, that the grometh Gal metiod wil piven pod upproxination oth actual eqialent source strength lor any slender og now wre slope i cvryeboe ral ‘Thus it shold tld appoint for any nonlin Sgn coneDinh had em yon ent Fo 96. Mach pane cut of wing-elge combination. (rom Lomax and ‘Hee Corey ft Aan fst oe Sa a Sting of oder fuselage nd thin wing m hat, sing (0-48) and the ‘ustion forthe wave dag (O-4), we obtain = [" off wesnmaco ie — aidan oo re eee cates Peele rir pene eee in Ste:0) = Si) + Sle: ), (0-61) O= ‘9 siete nalbhnegerea ss Shope oi yee SOROS Bon a ecsecs Serna Sheecwitiak me a Ae ee brats atten Aaa os , Pororoyoroa og on ‘OE SUPRARONIC AREA ROLE 2 & Pia, 8. Comparion of torte! and experimental ware de Halaamn, 198 Courary of Neo! Aarcadar and Space A example of heute of (0-50) together with the simplified evaluation ‘of S(250)inshow in Fig. 98, taken from Holdaway (1953) We shall now show how (90) and (0-S1) can be wie to determine shapes wth low dru Let us fst expand (24 a Fourie serio m8 Boch wie wl Beate ofthe aymety ofthe wing, contain only tern ofthe form con 28. The 8:l050) = FS Aaa) ona om ‘Now thi sve may be introduced into (0-50) and the integration over # Garved oot. Thin gives den MEL fare + avennsrin + Aven nl ~ sldevdes BES ff antenaten Xin — aide de os1 ike av sdeemonit areca! 1. fotows rom (0-5) thatthe interaction of foeage and the wing given by the Frat fr of tho eerie (0-52) ony, and thatthe dag of the higher components eterined solely bythe wing deg. The ‘complete effect of windy interference, therfore, apene in the uc of ned the fslgo aren dstibution determined by planeenoral tothe fee stream. Now RE ‘he minima deg, for «given wing ‘eign, iv obtained by eleting a fosdage hae och that SiO + Ase) 9688) Ra, 94, Inde edi become tro and the foal wave ‘rag woul then be are. ‘However, the linearized theory wl of cour, ‘bre down fr transoni speeds farther dined a Chapter 12 "The posedue desried above isthe supereni re le a presintad ‘yy Lori and Heaset 198). Tn the int of AV = 1 gow ove int the trunsonie aren rue ince then the Mach plas become normal to the ‘ravi, To give an tuampl ofthe drag reductions that can he ried by ts of thesuperonie re ul we repre in Fg $10 noms real given by Hawa (1059). An won from the curve, the medication gies 8 total drag redetion of about 20%, ad the drag vals prditod by the ie toe Gt lie) [\ 7 TSIEN wero io, 910, Theareticl od expres rot nave deg for win ody tail imbinaton wih moed brie (haspted rm laa, 184 Coates ‘FNatonn!Asonntes sad Space Adeistraton) ‘theory ar in god agreement with experimental values when the skin Frnt drag has been added (~ the drag at rol speed). The only ‘crception the msde ron around AC = I patil for the lowe tramsoniergion (A <1), for whieh linard Gheory prdits aro wave ane. 9-8 Were Drag Due to Litt ‘Conse ft the mave drag ve to it ona ifting wing of to thieknes located nthe plane BY sting J = = 0 in (O48) we nd from (0-4) and (048) tat pon EE "ate f fects sis ~ ld osPoronorororowoa 190 ato AP soreneosic apenos lems. 9 eee TereeP ast el a tein ae eee ce as, Before, in From (0-57) we can draw tome important conclusions. Fst, the wave rag duet its proportional to B°;conequentiy t vais taf ‘Secondly, by atalogy with the rel for the vores eg minimum wave drags cand if for enh the ring loading Ir; 8) elite =. ‘This can be rei, for example, by an elpticplanform with content loading. This rel was frst given by Jones (1082). ‘The wave dog of ‘ch swag cas be shown tobe an LE mn where Lt the total it Bs the spa of the wing, and i the maximum | hard. In order to get alow wave drag, both the chord and gan should {hut be lee, te, the it should be spread out se muchas ponte both in the quowine and chordwie dretion The vortex dig alo in ‘mum fran eliptie loading nd a found fom (76) and (7-47) to be at Dm ow wn ‘Thor theft drag due oli for Ue eiptic wing of content longs ; 2 aR Det Dem h > Bee Pes Pom () orn tera of Cx, Coe we F(a co = hs (Ga) om ring Ut he drag duo to ft for & staightelipic wing ie alms geste han in two-dimensional fow (Coy = BC%/4). Lower values can ‘be obtained by yang the elipie wing behind the Sach cone aa shows By Jone (195), ‘The wave drug intrfewace betwen lit and thickness in zero for 8 imidwing configuration. This can be wea by itrdcing (9-19) together Hororoporonrowoa on rave pmo ave eure i sith the Fourier sre (0-52) into (2-45). Then Ue wave drag becomes eof x [ves +E tairenaa — nace] », [700 +E sien ane — astro] % Infos ~ 2a das de os) 11230) 36 sho expanded ins Fourier serie it will only contin os neers snc it must be an even fanetion of Hen, sinc in ecm in (m +18 — sin (m — HY, ‘any ter containing the cross product between the eneficeta for the two Fourier series wll Yash inthe Integration over andthe interference drag wil be a “though for planae wing there ie no drag interastion betwen the {hicnes uit ditebutions, se interaction between body thickest ad ‘ing lit obtaved ifthe usage snot inthe plan ofthe wing. This vient fro the fect. that, Ifthe wing i torte on the 2-H {250 will not bean even funtion of # al the Fourie oie fr wl thas leo contain sin terme, A favorable interferer can often be obtained with »high-ving enfiration a shown, for example by Lomas ‘od Heat (150). This possiblity ean be easily demonstrated without ‘ny callations by the aid of Fg 0-1 “The wing is assumed to be a Bat pate at zero ange of ater oat bore the fuselage inthe position shawn. The upmarh created by the for- ‘vard portion ofthe fuselage ens alitonthe wing Alo the reflected over (preate region from the wing wil _"npinge on the rear potion a the % anage where he wre slopes ate segave Hence the wing wil ave 1 ie without drag, and th dag of the fuselage mill lower de in terlerene rm the wing. Through the atrerence aif as ths been generated with decree of total Pressure dag. "Further devel ments maybe found in «paper ty Fy, ot, terrence betwen ticks Ferre a (1957, sr td ite10 Use of Flow-Reversal Theorems in Drag Minimization Problems ost Tatreductin Inthe previous chaptr we considered the inportant problem of howto 1, then the deg ean evidently be lowered by trastrtng me Tit from P; to Px. On te other hand 8, > Uy, the drag wil br de. ‘rated by taking W negative, ce, traaferrng il fom Py to Pi. There illbe no fint-order change in dag, = ty Repeating ths angument {or every par of points on the plano, meth find thst to fst ode he rag wil be invariant to anal arbitrary ehangea inthe lit dvrbation, iy ll hve an extremum, f° ie eontant over the pleform. This Sexe! mast ben minimum, Beckie the ein variation given By the terme proportion to (2) mast be postive, ice Ht repent the dng ofthe two lifting element acting alone, Hence (9) If 0 aration of if at haze minimum dag for 0 given laform and pce tli, © rut be eoatant er lanorm na simiar way a neceny condition for minimum drag fra thickness ition of given length aod base area may be derive. Sach bey unt be iagiued having w downstram parle extecaon of infetesar * oni thenczaton ay ow.navkea stones ! nus! 10 length tin ely seen that the condition i that = cost. sine, iit Spot, are clement ean be tasted within the space copied by the roureedrbution vo ao obtain «drag reduction. Hence: (©) 1/ Be drag of nonlfting boy wih ite length and base oe {tobe mini, the prea in the combined fw fold mus! be ata the rigion ecuped by he thie dso. ‘ean be shown tat thie condition sulle fora von Kira ogre Fleally, or thiknes ditribation of given total leat and vlume to te minima dmg, 9/as mist be constant lace otherroe volume — = = |. (o Gite ane 1,102. Conbgration having minima deg in te-eninal eupereie at a ca ‘m seal ken wba: ewhatine Preood rtacke Dany laments can be tranferrd mo a to obtain a drag rection. Hence: (6) Im order fora tite aistbution of given length an lume {fo hare minimum drag the gresere grain! nthe combined fire eld ma be conta in the repion zi by the thie 1 can be shown that this copitian eld fora Sears Hasek body Finally, It ue conde the cane where the total Tit ingen over & rosribel ei of space, but total volute and side ree with the region ret procried. From (i follows that @ must be constant over the Fegioncmaining theif elemete, Furthermore, must be zr, oterwie ‘efor eementa may be added to reduce the drag In addition 00/2, ‘od, must be sro, ane othervie volume or thickness dsrbutions of ‘onsao et etzeng may beaded to rode the drag. Hence: (a) Im order fora aitrbation of singlet within agit race to hve minimus drag for fd il ifthe embine fie eld mu ne = B= O cd B~ coma within the rpm. 1k should be notin’ that this condition doesnot ecesarly lead to ‘otal sie foren and ole within the eon. ‘Sinpleexarpis of the appiation of thor erin can be given for Iwodineasinal sypersnie flow. A trodimensional worm lading ‘he anni drag forgiven total if, snc both in forward and reverse flow the coresponding opwarh ix coneant and her B conta A ‘nga wedge give min drag fora given chord and frat are, since tir and ua nd benoe far constant over th wedge A noailting ail Inde up cf two parnbolc ast has mininsim dag forgiven lta vie to ehod, sno both a forward and revere flow 2u/az i constant over ‘he sirfol and hone alo 30/2. These cases are ustested in Fig. 10-7 10-8 The Caeuatio of Minimum Drag by Solution of Eguivslent Two-Dimensional Potential Problem Alvhough the etera derived ia the preceding section provide ratvely inp methods to determine wheter a given singlet dirteibation ie ‘optimum by cosiering the properties of the combined flow Fel, the problem of detenining the optimum singularity dstebatoneorespond Ing ta a given combined Bow held ean be proce by indvdua foreard fd revere ows inaninfiita numberof ye Thi npn hat thee ‘re singlrity distributions which give seo perturbation velocities in the ‘ombited fw Beld. Such «simple dtibtion in two-imeasionsl Bow |i the thiekowa dstrbuton coresponing to Busemann’ biplane (oe Fig 10-8),horoy yon a a 204 oma wonnuzaTION RY PLOW-RYEREAL THROREMS fran, 10 Fo 108, Esamle of tween) tienes dation producing Hoover, ss shown by Graham (195), it may not be nesoary for me ‘purpose to estate the actual ditibation of gular, since the ‘osted information ean be obtained direty from the combi ow el For example, the total drag and lit aswell asthe mace if ditibo- tion, and thus the vores drag, ean be blaineddzety fom the ombined ‘ow fl. nes one may clealate the abst minimum of drag witht Knowing what detailed ditribations of it nde fore, and thcknes produce the minimum dag. Tn some case the ditebatona wil probably be highly singular and impracticable. However, for preliminary deen ‘urpoes it may neertclw beefalo how Ue aot it Ut an be chiro, ‘Before proweding, two deitions willbe useful. ‘The Mach enalpe ofa yatem i the Bourdingwarface ofthe region in pace which ia aot by the atom in foreard and rovers fon. ‘Thus, fr «slender body inte et both endh the Mach envelope ia double Mach cone (ae Fig. 10-9). The Mack enlope rim isthe ened Tine which marks the _gontet lateral extent ofthe Mach one a, theta i the iateretion of Ue envelope of Mach waves cao bythe system ia forward ow with Recang ig Mo, 10-8, Mach rn and envelope for tre imple odio, “@) e+ Bw = OP ~ tee = 0 Porororororoaog 1048] senew ORAG: RQLIYALENT PonesTIAL PROWL 205 16-10. Comin ow id fornia dag, ‘the envelope of Mach waves caused by the sytem in reverse fom. For the ‘ase of pointed slender body, fr example, therm i cele ‘Consider now the probe of fndng th minimom drag for & given total it but with no toast on aie fore and vou, eae () the prosling section, Assume fr simply thatthe Mach envelope double Mach cone.” For minimum drag i x required that @ =? — 0 rd = const inthe region carrying hit. The combined Bow fed in arated in Fig 10-10 Tn the zone of sence no disturbance i lin citer forward or reverse ow; hone there (0. Inde the Mach envelope we have 1" on/ar ~ 0, and the fw is consequently ently two-dimensional in the roam plane that uta the Mach envelope rm plane. For the plane ‘hough the Mach im we thus have the following Boundary” value prob ' Jem forthe combined perturbation ‘eloity potenti for he rion be Semon {ween the ier region and the Mach envelope rim: ‘io-25) , (2) On the boundary of the inner een Fm cont = wy. (10-20) Alternatively, thie condition my be rien Fre. 10-1, Boudar-rle probe, = Bysiny, (10-90) forcombied velo potestPi, 10-12, Ring wing rupeneie ow. srhere isthe unit outward normal othe inner boundary and the ane [the normal tothe inner boundary with the yaxi (om Fi 10-1) {@) Outae the Bach envelope rn there most be no turbance, This can be obtained by ting a0 (os) ‘on the Mach envelope rm, Let the vta it = Ly + Za, where La it he it eared to the eft of «plane through the Mach rim ad I the it {othe igi of thi plane, Then, considering the formar flow aloe and ‘ngs mowentnm consol surface having ia rer dak clad wt the plane {oush the Mach, we fn, to the mal perturbation approximation, that tom nthe comm 1 ena ation Ly may be obtained by eoosidering the revere Sow ‘hoe, Thon for the wll it b= pt fter + wn dvds = ~29.v2]fmayae ‘By introducing the potential forthe combinad flow Ghd thin may be simpli to Lm 2eaU2 [ap dy — Bead, 0-3) nba 9 the diference in» between the upper and lower boundary of {he it-crying eon and i cromecetinal aren ‘rom (10-2) the drag ofthe distribution i found tobe Da Bh 09) Ts eatin ida to Gra (1986) who sh easier a ore ener eee ee oe eee a 10-8) mawowox oman: mgorvataer ForENTIAL Pome IT ‘Ava simple example we nal ealalate the minimum dag of ing wing, ‘problem consered by Graham (1956) and in more detail by Beane {aBet), ‘For impli, only te ee of large chord wl be treated no that ‘here a nly as outer rela ino Fig 10-12). The ain of the rng tring i wt egal to Band ite ehord equal toe, ‘The radia of the Mach Caveope rim easily found tobe Ren Rt gym Rte, cos on : = GBR In pir orate tn boundary aoe roe ad w= Beet tore R cose Pie nere mre aan oe ee ees teeth tin enon om ete tl np gh wg * = Reems te 9 = —2gen EEN 0-49) Application of (10-25) give for the total ft (Uh eromeeetinsl ares 82 Oia thin oom) La puter oto: aoa dior the diag (10-90) giver Dm m= seutemeh BES 0-49) Her Se EMH Sie coe sat ‘nbere Cp and Ce ae bated on #8 "A thorough theoretical and experimental invstigtion of low-drag ringoring configuration in which nonlinear ce were taken into account fas bee reported by Browand, a (1982).1141 Introduction For a gone! dicusion of interference problems and linearaed theo- retical methods for analysing Ue, the reader i reterrd to Ferra (1057) Tis revinw eontaine« compeehenave lt of rfereen, and although i ‘wah oditorialy lod in 1055 aly a few article of fndarental importance ‘ecm to have been published sinc tat date "Tho motivation for interference or interaction tudes are from the {uct that a Might voile ew collection of toi, wings, and tail race, whereas most seradyearie theory dnl with nid iting aac, of ‘the eompooents in slain. Tay, one moa keto have tortie hethode of comparable seturcy which solve for the entre combine fow fei, stinying all the varou boundary conditions simstaneoialy, [xcept for few special stuns like ances and sender wing body configurations, this aw firoved impose in practice. One has therfore Teen ford to more approsimate procedures, al of which pretty much Toil down to the flowing’ fit the daturbance How Bld generated by one clement slong the mean Iie or easter surfae fw wcond element it ‘leulated; then the anglea-attack dation and hence the Toad ofthe second element are moiifed in auch a way a oeanel this “ner ferene ow fel due tothe fit. Such interferene fein ae worked out for ech pai of ements in the vei which ean be expected to fnter- ‘tt sigicanty.“Sinon the theorieare linear, the varou neremente ea te ade to yield the total loading. "Ther are some paso lent for whish interference i uniretiona ‘Thu a mipernne wing can inde lading on a Borinonal ablaer Iehind i wherens the lw of forbidden anal usually prevent the “abizer from inftoening the wing. Tn each cass, the alerementianed [rotedure yield the eanety comet interferon losing within the init Imposed by lneartion When the intretion ie trong and uta, in the ease ofan intereting wing and foseage, the correct combined ow an be worked out oly by an Heraton prota, procen which sens ‘hull to be topped after te Sat tp, 1000 00 0 9 13] wrenrenico, NonruAwan auRPALS, scaEoME Flow 200 Interlernce problems can be categoriva by the types of elements involve. ‘The st comnon combinations are Hirted ow. (1) Wing apd al marcos (2) Pair or colton of wings (biplanes or ensue) (3) Nonplnar iting sccen (T-and Vtnis,hydrfoltrat combi sation. (d) Wig or tll and fuselage or nacelle. (G) Lifting srtace aod propusonnstem, expeialy wing and propller. (6) Tunse boundary, ground an frente fleet. {tinale convenient to dtnguith between subsonie and superna teadly fight, sine the Sow Sede are so diferent in the tx conditions nthe present drumion, only the fst thre ieee ar tet, and ‘ven within this Limitation & oumbur of eects are omitted, Regarding em 4, wingfarclage interference, however, afew comments are worth raking. Following Ferri, ove ean roughly separate such problems int thowe with lage aspect-ratio,ratively unewept wings and the with highly erep, low arpetratio wings. Both at ubsone and oat oo high) tuperone mpoeds te later cas be apalyaed by slendertndy method ‘long the lines deserted in Chapter 6.” The wings of wiler span need ‘erent approaches, depending on Une Mach number fe. ectonsC, G-Il land C, 3550 of Feast (057). For instance, sabwaeally it appears to be aatisastory to replace the (selage with an infinite elnder and ork wich two-dimensional ermifow methods inthe Tres plans”. Nt super= Tonic epets homever, the how wave from the pointed body may bare ‘aioe nfoene in modlying the spanwise ad dstribtion 11-2 Intererag of Nonplanar Ling Surtees in Subsonic Flow A united theory of intertereoe for threedimensiona iting suaces in ' sbwoaie main srgon ean be built up sound the oneep of pressure ‘eacelrtion-potental doublets We bin by appealing to the Prandtl (Gauet-Gethert lw, deserted in Section 1, which perme us to retret. turlvest inconpresible fas. Granted the aval of high-peed opting equipment then proves ponble to represent the loading ‘stebution on an arbitrary ealection of scares (pane, mltpiane, ‘Tal, ay wingtablace combination, ete) by ditrbting spprope= Ately oriented doublets overall of hem aod numerically eating the flow-tangeney boundary condition as lnrge enough st of conto points. ‘The procodre i emmy an extension ofthe one for planar wings that fnsketohed in Seton 7-6 Th ae tact withthe ase of Matton (19) and Vandeey 939.Cn es | 20 INTERFERENCE AND NONPLAXAR TuKORIEA fom, 11 ‘Two obervations ar inorder about the method darted alow. Fie Iv ovedboe two sometinesignieant phenomena that occur when apled tole pa of iting uracs aligned stremie (eg, wing ad tal). Theme st the rling up ofthe wake vortex sheet and ive hemes or rund “namie pressure in the wake duet taling They are reviewed at ome Jeogth in Setons C2 wod Cf Frrae (195), “The seed remark contra thiknees In what follows, we repress the lifting mares solely with doubets, which amounts to assuming ‘epigile Ue ratin, When tro surface do not inthe sane plane Ihowerer, the Bow de to the tiene of one of them ean nde inter {ereace ads on theater ax india in ig 0-1. The posnce of this thlelnes and the distrtnnee velit roiced wt mate points thereby may be represented by saree shoes in extension ofthe Wee ext forth in Bestion 7-2" Sins the procedure barns outta be fy straightforward, ot deere in deta her. =S=S—_ SSS = Fr. 1-1, Thang ow treme de wo thickoe ofe wing {gids the ange wc oe ond wag oa on Pe ot ‘The nent ides for analyzing mest abeonie interornee ladngr ofthe type inte under tr 1,2, and ean be developed by referee to the thin sity iene, nonplanar iting urace itrated Fi 11-2. Weuseacurilasr sytem of cordinater x, +19 deeb the race of 5, and th tormal diction » i poitve inthe sense idoted. The ‘all camber and angle of attack, devribed by the verte! detection ‘4(2,) ot corntaponding small nora duplacement A(z), ae per impose onthe basi sree). The ater elidel, with generator in the fleesteam ealzetion. To deserbe the local surface dope ie syeplane, we we o &)- ay ‘The fow tangeney boundary condition can be writen in term of the Aimensionlesnrea-velsty perturbation, vu) = ale yaa = Lan, trtenens. Ge) ee 1-2] ermnrenis, NoNPEAxAR SURFACIS, 'msoNIC low 211 ita nay Meabeaiptanen nonplanar utc, ithout lene, na uniform Bow Pia 1-2, Geometry ‘Ax mentioned previously, lifting Fow with the desired propertin can be ‘onsrace frm a Iyer of presture or woueratonpotatial Joules a over 5, having their anes pointed in the local n-ierbion. We start by ‘cing rom (7-82) oF (35) that, for sucha doublet peed at, 91,0, ‘wth teas alg , the dtarance potenti e wen) en = = Mew) an lta _ Hise we have ERROR WEA, ay snd 7 = sp/psti in portal to the lifting presor dierene. We en reposition this doubles to 2, #1 on the curved mrsce 8 by making the falling Ure sittin athe ma for (19) (1) Replies) by Aten) /be @ r= Vea Ons a (@) Repice + by the normal diane 84,18 bi the nditection a2, 9, tt) ‘has we ae eto tho turbance pte desing the eomplete a ong f Heenan a9 eo) nit eer inporororopoyoarog a2 INTERFERENCE AND SONTLASAR TuBORIEH ena. 11 ‘To compute nist] = (6) a points onthe surface 8, we nen te perform he operation nieal, = 25H a ht ie cbr tom exh te Hm evn — winged “The option king 9/9 ea be ntechanged wth he inka ine orl forthe tet Th we lea setae tay [fom l= e=alt) on oe eg th erin, ewe se oa Maratha, ST Faateny bso ve ems irene tite i ser gic ae 1109014 — se a —CErrti<—O=iONCSC tt pin cate stn et inset nn (eto abe ed yes hr ——C Sint a ta its np seh pa SE Meaty nessa erage cee Coy Same pu pal 3 alo ee Patan ly pve Me pote we pp ihre mason, cE tn i re et oir Reta nein 08 sled = cor] 0 Ot 80 00 2 wal sprout cates axe weaeanea rou 218 ‘The awry notation define ere consists of eS ay evn te Hl) — HH) ne Wise ave Tin a simple mater to cone that (11-8)-(11-0) reduce to Ue planar swing aye (-81)-(-82) when 4) = yn) = 0. There are fairly bys reductions in other snplid ease of praca inter. Regarding the numeral elation of the integral equation, i can be ‘made dimensiones and solved by eauelly the seme provedue (Watkins fal (1950) that i olin for the planar ese In Seton 7-6. Tt rleable to adopt 2 and ya integration variable, benuse they remain Snglevalue over any inaginable surface shape, whereas 9) may be ‘ultiple-valued on something tke «ring wing For separate but inter: {ering ster, te integration mast be eared eu over two distinet pees (ofS, ani lard in sueoweting examples Inthe computing program, tables or aubrostines met be stored which relat toy and #09. 1-5 Special Cases and NomerialSaaton ‘To lustre the application ofthe iatgral equation (11-8) and posible ‘implifenton of ta kere funtion (1-95), lt us ook a fur special ‘aos in increasing order of complexity. 4. The Single Plane Surfce. This example, which was dealt with a Section 76, obtained by reduction in which we set 0) ang between the wingtips a /2. Thus we get any "The poser sin invlves the evatttions (7-9) and (7-96. Tt which coresponde to 7-00). cvidenty leds too yater of ellen tgsbrale equations that ea ‘eabbrevatd, a matrix notation, oo Lf an)Poon a a a ag a [WTERPERINCR AND NONPLANAK TORIES ow, 11 Once the square matrix of coefcents [Kis computed numerically, {aking suitable necnuat af the finite prt aty = yj, «standard inversion ‘el the ofits ofthe pressure sre rom the known dation ‘of ange of attack of pach over the man nace. 2 The Siate Nonplaner Surface "Tha casecorepon ext to the Integral eqotion inthe frm (11-8). The lading sd eling des can desert by function (0) and zone). By entering the coordinate system the tps may be ieee at 4 stp Bt explicit relations es teeny nd sand pad, mst alo be aval Provided there are o discontinue n the aurace lope (ha ie a) ‘nd 16,9) eoatnsous function), thre ie no ebjestion 0 a slation ‘roceureparaling tha in Seton 7-8. We spy deine the convenient ‘tung variables @aeonding to 24 Hleve() + sue) — Hee) con (on) = sree) 2 = Maret) + zux(0) ~ Helo ems | (on ~ suing theo, Then net of he fom sna — gy | ptt ~ ee) FMTAL YD Seeteinan} ew os nei BE wef EA otnsa nal eg tien ten fy rio erin ong, ply san pate tint ee Race cate se ceca asa Soh mrss ete ey oo, resect Spee mere Site ses ae Seren! (60) = ello). are) ‘The adaptation of procures developed for the planar wing hasbeen ‘own to be quite traightforvard. For nan, mltpying sad dividing ee ns sreciay cases ax NowEnent soLsTION 28, the integrand in (11-15) by (@ ~ 0)? permits the outer integral to be met Ate hile the inner portion remains well-behaved 0 that the scheme already Worked out fr dealing with the singular portion of the mumerial inte ‘ation canbe cated over without modieation Fra 1-3. Seema of ipl ‘ontario, 4. The Biplane. As n example of a interference sitton, consider 8 prof almost-plane parallel iting sureom See Fig 1-3. The lower, Si, might be located adjacent tothe zarpane, mile the upper, Se, eld bonear? = 2d being the vert! halfpecingtetmeen thm. Tn speci )- ti convenient to separate pms eontibtins from Se and Sp. The angie y= O alway and ty ~ 0 when Looking af on Wingert on il, while sy ~ 24 when the doabe fon are eecting the other After ile masiplaian, we find the following expresion forthe upwash induced t 8: wits.) anf seca + et denier . 1 ff at soe. a + socal) ae oD AL 2eih +204), ay, At abt ear. A similar formula ie rely eonetseted for my. We now propose to Introduce dimensiones variables 4) and (#, x) to dase Sy and ‘Sy mepectively. Series ke (7-90), ving pz and pe in terms of et20 pom pee doe hee dom Eta contin a and a are Un inserted into the for integral ia he formulas for wr and we, leading uitimately to pir of mati equations (ug) = Wealoba + Uae, ata) {) = Uvalabe) + Weel a cise) ‘Te clement of equare matios [Xs] and {Kuo} are Sento with ‘owe of [K] forthe individual plana wings. ‘The ere terme lnvelre litle more complizsted Integrtonn but now contain no, gularee Fora complete solution, one woul ave rmullancusy the double eye of equations forthe (A+ 9) enknowne a and tye might lan be sible to devi an iteration proc tartig rom solution ofthe td "sual uncoupled sets of equations, then feeding the previous ert ‘etl ito the eons pir to carrying out tenet iHeration, wo subears have speci enginerngintoret. (a) Free wat mrfce ef! at gh Frode numer, Suppose that ie planar hytrofi runing at dopch tow u parle water eurace TU/Va1> 1,9 being the gravitational constant, wavemeting on the fice surface is not important at « boundary cotton gO at Provides a alsactory representation. If thickest ects are neglected, {his boundary conditon is met by the biplane configuration wth Sp and ‘5 dente surtaees and apy = py Indeed, thie jt x api ease ‘ofthe general method of inages, which in ls employed below to etalk * ound plane. Since the prerure series re ident, the loading on the atu hyo- foi canbe eaelated by contesting the fet of (11-18) Sato fc) — Was + Kroll (1-109) (© Grund ee. The prownce of planar ground surface at 2 = ‘als forthe boundary condition w= eu~O there If ther we rand Se ana single surface Ain at hight dS, proves a suitable nage i inidentie nd pz = Spy. Tn this eave the matrn equivalent ofthe Integral equation may be contracted to (ag) = Wen, = Kuala cc 19) 4, An intersecting Nonplane Arrangement: The T-Tell, Consider an arrangement whieh, in eat view, Joke like Fig. 12 ‘The “normal” washes, prerure loadings, ad corde are yy ps8), ‘anv, 2), ca, ev) onthe horizontal and vertalwaraces, epee, For the bariontal surface vs) = ¥(y) = 0 and forthe vere! ¥ 40) = 0° wel chin Ino nvabetces abseriny 1 Va Looking atthe general kere function and trying o sats the boundary condition at Sy, ae ll to something ofthe long st sa alg [fit ian Ky = sin (00) Sloe neyon Fn) an) = 0 = af, vere can -Nare wee 1 fp 4 2S + Se? p+ ons al Vite ‘Thos we are obviouly ed to pir of integral equations, which might be approximated in mati for Kav i 22) a Gan > (wv) = (Xn) (228| i {SP¥) Ee fo = of SF caw) SORE, When approaching petal poblens, 11-4 Genmey and wwe note that they can be separated into Steuer ead ses ofsymetreal and antymmetical Sys ela Tol Toning with rapes to the 2y-plane Tn the former station, py ~ 0,30 the problem coresponds to one of a singe plana sce ‘From among the weer! examples that have now been worked out of ‘neamprenie flow louding on nonplanar and interfering surace, me ‘hone to reproduce from Saunders (186) the thre cae shown in Fi. 1-5.-More ets an be found in the reterence ad the paper by Ahly, Winall, and Landed (1905), but the method of eomptation esta ‘hat described inthe present chapter.Vary) nereratavee ate sonra sohones fs! a1 TT 7 TY Beran aif] ire ieariie tr hw to mn “alt Reo rs ta 4 ei senha fi eon hapa oe ae Senay Cetrgetn 0 Gay oe Septet ee ee ater amare Sind cat honda task oa fr re 114] oane ow ovrenreains tonrsers rs svatowie raw 219, 114 Loads on Interfering Surtees in Subsone Flow Any genera free onthe curved murace of Fig 1-2 canbe writen inthe form Geiser For example, the iti given by taking = con), wheres the nose-up Pitching moment about the yaie woald ret from f= avon) Helo) con con Yio) — Here) + zax(0 cos) Running lads per unit edistance are obtained by eliminating the + of integration 1 the series (11-10) in inserted for 4p(,e) the resting computation an often be nied out in eloed fr expecially i (0) ean be expresed ‘sa Fourier eis in @ ad power series ine or instance, heft marks out as flows - torte am [, Vi=Foreoovie) x[i[fsrafelies pa [vreaeeanon x [if ss eannral ea = 20 ont LEG). Fer eayioyde]> 11-25) [fonmanna af 5! [lavmfern Another ease of special inert isthe induced drag. By Tf plane considerations analogous to thse that prose (7H) we can work ot oo Ten ds,Porororo pono og = INTERFERENCE AD NONPLANAR minoRtEA four, 11 ‘wher (0) = Us dore( ia the eclation bound to the wing at tation 1 Now T() canbe clulted fom the normal ore per unt ediance od the prowure a8 x ars ‘eral Fanoton frmuntion with => a work ot ta be ee waa lag Mate im at fates sin vo + x01 + 29808 — x [revinension + Absovansevon) ora Other reductions and simplietons are pombe. An iatereting di onion of dag wiilastion for singe tocplanr trace hee beet ‘abled by Cove (1982). 11-8 Noeplane Ling Saracen Superene Flow For anuptng th coreapodiag problem by Hein theory at per senie Mach number we ry entiniy on the tcinique of muperoaie ‘erodynamie Influence coeficnte (AIC's) and prewat only the general ‘ules of «fee omputaional sppreach. hel oly weil virtue ‘ver oer technique Is that they have been practcly and suoufuly Iecanizd fore varity of eady and unsteady problems Tt ahould bo pointed ou fist tha there exat formula for a wuperwonie prewure doublet analogous tothe ne that hasbeen worked with in the receding metic Watine and Berman (1088) ‘This in quite difelt ‘or manipulation, honever,beouse of the law of forbidden signals and tther wares dicotinaten which ceca, As rl, even Une cms of & planar iting surface at supersonic epee has not ben worked trough Completely and in all generality ung preaure doublets Rather, the Droblem has bows handled by the morta of mec tacniquesdeeibed in Chapter 8: Exarpls of numerical generalization for arbitrary dstiba- tis of incidence wil be found in Etkin (989), Bone el (1968), ane Pine ea (195) ‘or nonplanar rings, the method of AIG's has bom developed snd mechanized forthe hgh-apeed computer, bat ony in eases where tro or ee ee 1-8) NONPLANAN LIFMNG BURFACRA IN AUPERONIC MIOW ZL ‘more individually plane murfacesinteret or otherwite interfere, Thos a ‘threedimensinal biplane, Tal or Val can be handled, but ring oF ‘channel wingy remain to be tied, "Tn preparation forthe Interference problem, et us deseribe more thor ‘oughly the prosedire fora tnglemrface tht max olin in Section 8-5. For nmplicy, let the trailng edge be waperwoni; but in the eae of fois leading edge the formant dturbed rpon ofthe zy-plane i ‘emned to bv extended by a diaphragm, where condition of eo preaare (or potential) dncontinuy most be enero. This tution is Murrted in Fig. 1-6. To 1-4, Pane wing in rperonis ow, aalig the ght ‘ety diaphram or the diturbance potential anyhere in # 2 +, (6-6) giv ‘The region in the portion ofthe wing plas daphragm are intercepted ‘by the uptram Mach cone from (=). When 2+ OF wo that 9 it ‘bing alate for x point Pom the per wing murace,Z reduces to the trea between the tro forward Mach ine oe the Su) Tet un rstrietcunelver 1 Us iting problem and let the wing have sero thicknes. We know w(zi ys) from the given mean-eurace slope ‘ver that portion of 2 that dow not const of diaphragm; on the ater, ‘in unknown but boundary eontion @ = O apple. As istraed n Figz 6-15 and 8-16, let the wag and diaphragm be over othe clover posible proximation with etanglar elementary areas ("boxe") having 1 shordwie dimension by and mpanwiae dimenin by/B. Tn (11-2), Introduce the transformation ef. Zartarian and Fs (188) ww =e a Wat Die 129) om eTERFRRECE AND NONTEANAR TRIER (ona, IL ‘oe thor obtain eomething ofthe form, a lt mdi atene = — 4 ff 7 wun detes ay Ow i aw ‘This simultaneously employn dimenionloan independent variables and convert all upersole dows to equivalent cama = V3. The Mach line ow leat 45" the fight dzstion "The wamentaryazea, which had thei diagonal parallel to the Mach ines Ss the 2 plane, ae hae ‘efor ita eqoaen "Net let it be scuned that w i constant over cach are element and ‘qual to the vale try atthe center Both y andy ar integers ed to ‘oint the poston of these aren rearward and to the right from = 0 {tnd = Oat tho origin of coordinate With his further approximation, ‘he potenti may be written Ken = BE watalbn ds ars) ‘shee the summation extends over ll boro nd portions of bose inthe Forward Mach eons. The doiiton of yy a an intgrl over an are ‘dere ie faityebvioun Por example, fora complete bor ft atades ae 9 J= B= “Thin can euiy be worked out in cle form, ‘The computation a meh ined by choosing y (aod possibly £) to be integers, eamapoading 0 the enter of"yeeiving boxes.” Thu, we choo f= 8,9 = mF weet * pee enim Sosy Jie = Mim = Donn Senn 3 Whee p= m— 4 8 = m— (Special form apply for combinations tvs; te uprrea Marcon boundary, ich may be termined Ty tng the ral part of the integra Alo 2 = O when vaiawer ‘in imagnay throughout the ange of integra) Som 130) Oe S| NownANan Limnwo eunraces " stFrWoNIC iow 22 Th sinlar way, me can work out, fr the verti and horiontal velocity component in the Bld at m point (mm, expressions of he Fong forme som = De (138) vom. = 5 ‘The AIC’ V and I involve diferetiton of the tre frmla with respec to y and f, repoctively, bat they ean be worked out witout ‘ily ‘Now to fnd th oad distribation ona single plane sree, wo m= 0 snd order the elementary aren from front to back in'a stale vay. ‘The vals of dstrbancepotetal atthe centers ofall Uhre ares ea ‘hen be exproned inthe mate form fra = = Bist a6 A eltable odering of the areas consists of making ue ofthe Iw of fore Didden sigal to nsure tat al umber nye tro to the eft and low the principal diagonal Iti known that pn ~ Oatall box centers ‘on the daphrags, where inven stall Pont on the wing. The Termer information can be sed to slve saccesrively forthe values of ‘era atthe diaphragm, the computation being progresrive and never ‘eiuling the lverin of «mat ‘Once yy ie known forall entry on the wing and diaphragm, the complete distibatin of pmay be determined, From thi, we ea elle the preure distribution (whieh is antinymmetrical tap to bette) by the relatively icsurte process of nomena! diferentation, It eny it, ‘moment, prasure drag, or sone ater geteraied frees are needed, however, we find that thee can be expresed erly in terms of the potetial Gacontinuty over the srfce and slong the taling tg, Here, the diferentation sep can bse. Zatarian (150) aed Zar- tarian and Hou (155) provide many detail “ursing to the interfering sree, wo illustrate the method by two cramp 4 The Biplane. Let us consider to eupemonie wing, with smocited Aiaphragm region, separate by a datance din the -dietion (Fi 11-7). Beenuse there ise curtain artifealty inthe iw of space to represent ‘the flow over th upper suas ofeach of thew wings, some cre mist heporeororoporoawog ™ ITERFERANCE AND KONPLANAN THKORIEA ema 11 {Grn Br ordinate) rcs in setting up the interference problem, We have fund thatthe ‘eat nay to avo paradone ro foc on the two onions: (a) The streamlines must be paral o the mean mrfase ove he aren of ech wcg (©) Sp = 0 must be enforced over cach diaphragm (3p = 0 on make iaphragm. “These ca eat be handled in the biplane cae hy placing additions soures over each wingdaphragm combination, whane purpose is to ‘ane the upmash induced over one particular wing aren dct the prwece ofthe ober wing. There ned to be ances with interfering oprah ‘over the dispragm, sine the daphragm is ot physi barre and the Interference upwash there dee not cae any daca of potential Taving placed suitable patter of square area ementa over Sy and Sp, we can write forthe uprash induced at wing bore on Sy due tothe rome of 8 d= Lev. outs m, ana “he summation here extends over all wing an daphragm boxe 09 Si that can ine point mT ilar way, reas of any: metey inthe flow eld preduted by Si led to the upwach generated at Wing ox nm, O'S, due to Sy antes m0) = 5 (eo nals ces exe) gg = sical). aes) When writing the matric formal for gy and ei, wou and wu must ‘era fom the upwadh that would be proentat wi boxes on sei! vowhawan thre sburscas by sersthowe mbbw bas So and 81, remectvely, in the absence of the interfering partner. Thus vr obtain fo) 39) Spitz tou) ~ Gob), w share the Ist column cover wing and diaphragm boxer but seo are nerd forthe latter Sima, + Gee) = — Bloazall(ue) — (obey). 40) Mating appropriate uttiions for wou and wie, we ee (oo) = —Slozaliee) = Wigan, det fon = —Yimsatied — OWiscalfe), ara) nbere the meaning ofthe notation fr 1 ie obvious inthe Lht of the foregoing remarks ‘We now have « set of coupled equations in wand w. The values of ¢ sr equate to eo at ll diaphragm bores, whereas wis known a al wing Tone, so the maton indeterminate A motion prowdar, at leat 1 Principle, tuightformar 2 Inerecting Vertical ond orzonta Saber. Sarfaces that iter fare bt are ot parallel presint no new onceptal diieston Once san, te source eet representing ‘he flow on one eof either sree | In nalyzd if the otber were not ‘there except that the meurearace “normal neh itr bton mn be node vo acoant for interference ‘Thus, consider the empenoge ar rangement ehown in Fig 1-8. Dit: ‘hragms are shaded. The righimard ‘Sdowach at Sy due to Sy and ie inpragm in evn(,0,0 = 5 Gomes (29 Fra. 1K Interecting sapeoni wuts. 1Por ag 25 [NTERFERINCE AND NONPLANAN TuRORIES | feu. IL Hore p= m— y= 0— p= —p. The matin abbreviation ie ova) = -alfen) 426) Tn siiar way, we fd earls, 0) = — Eas tm (U0) fon) = — Wrtallo- 1-48) ‘Tho potential formulas can then be writen an follows and solved by ‘mbetintios Hike those duced inthe caw ofthe biplane: fon) = — Yitraal(en) — fone), (11-44) ond = — Blteailer) = (ova. ar) Other mperonic interference problems can be and in « similar sane. In all aos, « computational scheme en be fund to make the ‘elution forthe iting promures« determinate probes. Topeber with ‘ome numerical ret, alt of references repting progres towards ‘mechanization of the foregoing supersonic methods willbe fosnd in Ale, ‘Winal and Landa (1965) 12 ‘Transonic Small-Disturbance Flow 1241 Introduction ‘A trawonle fw ison in which Jel particle speeds both greater and er than oni spel ar found mined together. Thus inthe lower trassoai toge fables lightly lee than wy) thee are one o more er fonts rion exebeded in the mubwnie Sow and, sal, inthe upper {rant range the miperonic fow endass one oF more wubmoni fw ‘gions Some typi! trnmaie low patlars are aketzhed in Fig. 1-1 ‘Sine nu tammnie ow Use body travels at nearly the mame apeed the forward-ping diturtanoes tht t generat 086 would expect hat {he fl pertrtations are geerally greater eat M1 than in purely tneonis or meron ow. That this dood mt bore oat by experi ‘ental rota Hee the shown in Fign 12-2 and 12-3, which show that the drag end it cofenta are masimum in the tracuaie range. Tn the ‘aly dayeofhihrepend fight, many doubted that mipermaie aeroplanes ould ever be built beet of the “eone barrie,” the sharp lars in ‘ag experienc near BM equ to unity. 12-1, Type anon ow pattern.zx) 1 mahome mburourtnaanee! Yah mow outh 12 Po, 2-2 Zest dea cone for delle-wing sod. (Adapted fom lista a te, Cnn f Nao Src Se cr for» altnving mode. (Aap rom Hoa erty af Natal Aurea sh Space Ada Many of the’ special physical featur, and the anointed analyte! ful, of tnsnie fw may be qualitatively understood by com ‘ering the sample cave of one-dimensional Maid emotion in a teen tube. Combination of the Baler equation av __ tay UR pe sith the definition ofthe speed of sound @-» FFT nrdopucsioh teu tnd with the equation of continuity 205 ‘where Ste nthe steam-tube aren, yes after some manipulation as at wre a ‘This relation shows tht for U/a = 1 th fow wil st wih an nite foro any streum-tube ara changeit wl fcivly rake the low incompressible to gree ange inthe steam tae aon (Out not Yo curve {tre changs of lateral dpisement of tram-tube pater). ‘There fore, the crsow in planes normal to the feeateam dietion wl tend to be incompresible, asin the cae of the flow nea a sender body, that much of the aaalyi of Chapter 6 appli in the trasoni ange to com furation Vat are not neocwarty lender. This pont wil be diac trd further alow. Teisevident that renin of the treat are sonar, ‘here wil be a tendeny fra stronger eros flow within the star tube ‘and beoee the eet of Sate span wil be maximum near AP — From (2-1) it al follows tat in arder to avoid large perturbation prenurs tnd heoee hh drag one should sted large (and sade) resection ‘ren changes, which in sence ie the statement ofthe tranmnie ae ral Aieusd in Chapter 6, For the same ron one ean me thatthe boundary layer can havea substantia infsenee ona tramoiepromuredibtion, since i provides region of low-sped fow whieh I Tes “sti” to area ‘hanged ones ean set a “ber” smoothing out ara change, om such one-dimensional flow eaniderationn one pret! difulty tho besmes apparent, namely that of wind tunnel tating at transoie ‘peeds. Although a flow off = I ean be obtained in the minimun-aces seston of none with a moderate presure rato the addition of model, owever small will ebange the ara distribution so thatthe Row ne lone wil corapond to an unbounded one of soni reestecam mpd, THe problem was wlved inthe early 1050 with the development of sted Wall wind tases in ‘which the wall fee are eliminated or miniaed {ying partly open wal ‘The main difeulty in the theoreti analy of trasorie fw i that the equations for smal-istrbance flow ae bsiellynonlnat 0 n= {rust to thw for mubonie and pero ow. This gain may be r= ited from equations tke (12-1), teeaue even a small voce change aud by promure chang wil havea lange ella on the presurearen Felton.” So far, no slisectory general method exists for saving the teancnicsmall-pertabation equtinn In the ease of two-dimensional flow is pombe, Urouph the interchange of dependent an independenthoroe oa a ono a 0 [THAMEONIC WNALLOFRTCRAANCE MlOW ena. 12 ‘arial, to transform the nonlinear equations into inst one in the edogrph plane. However, solutions by the hodowraph method have en obtained only for sei simple iro shape and, agin, two-dimen oral ow solutions are of rate iit patil ule for rasan ‘ects. For axsymmeve and thee-dntensoal flow, various appro mate methods have been nuggtted, pore of which wl we dvcueed blow. 12-2 Soull-Perturbtion Flow Equations ‘hatte anal-pertrtation theory for m= and supersonic fow beaks down a ransoni speeds beomen evden rom the Hear diferent ‘uations (6-29) and (6-21) forthe perturbation potenti, whieh inthe Tinit of M => 1 bere =O fortwodimensionalfow, (12-2) Latern® frniomnieter, 23) — ~ ~=~=—t—te (rns ado enna ie SS Lhrr—C men ehihen nee alerts ham mura nat sei eee ependymal yeaa er dea rasa ore rT —— thoes et ti ao aye tin we toon a acta pu an ies Tha il at ht Suan prin fh er fo vt ser rh a step a fo iota intr rete unc atnee Sat Sr hp Res an aa Son oy rr —r—— Senses eit are oe ‘Sei i ae ase ee Somat dete e Ue eile.) + Paesa) + (24) forthe inne flow and Oo Cie t OEM Ed aa Poroy topo oro dong 1 ‘nucicremTonaATION MOF EaCATIONE a 124, Plow paterms at M = 1 (hypothetical for afi Rin of mo ren thick ati, forth outer flow. Hers small pondimensionl parsmeter measuring {Be perarbato level and bee rau, 24) svth 8 being a fonction of €w tht $+ 0 as € +0, Both ¢ and 8 are Fisted to the thickness rato of the aol n'a way that wil be deter- ‘mined mibeqenty or theft term in the inner expansion we obtain ‘pon suttiiting (12-4) into the diferential equation (1-74) for and suming 1 — Af? = 0(0, the same equation a (122) thao. aan ‘This romlt shows tat the inner fow hat solution ofthe same frm as In.the previously considered m= and supersone flows, except tha Hf ‘ow valid in a larger rion 2 = O().” Next, substitton of the outer ‘xpanson (12-9) ite (I-74) and (17) gives = UE — Witt, ~ evo the 4 Plat — Ue Hoty + DUE + ebte deine + higher order terme = 0, (12-6) where A uneett, + deta? + A eto. 020)Pororoton borg Ey reaveonte waticoicnnancn row nar. 12 By neglecting al terms of hier order in €or 3 we may spy thaw to WA a+ DEE teh C20) Ina tannic fw 1 ~ AP = O(c thatthe Set term i of onder 6 ‘nd a nondegenerate equation i obtained by sting 2° ~ «For Inter ‘purpose tr conenient to choose 1 av won Ssh te i tin (2: a hor =fastyetletessten a cin Notice that (12-12) ie basally nonlinear end thet the Mach number enter only through the tasnie parameter went wees Tn orderto relate tothe thickness aio ofthe iol, we have o match the outer and inne fows. The incr elution, which sdeermined moat tw aly the tangency sondition onthe nil rice, give that 5 (248) said, aa where the upper sig ao be ud forthe region abo te aio, that for'# B 7p, andthe lower gn forthe rezon teow the sri. Sinee 2/8¢ = 83/3, appiation of the lini matching prniple wil thus give 08) = 2 ons) or the expen tobe reuningl in the Timi of + Gwe therefore et vent, 210) ‘which, upon ue of (12-11), vee = Canter aan ‘he disturbance magetude ie thu of order 2, which i tobe ompared with rn the sub and supenoaie ewes For the prewure onthe all we aban, after ries expansion and we of matching that to stoner p= = 2809041 (218) 0 0.08 000 0 0 re ea-reRTURAATION MOR EQEYTIONS 2m, ‘The expansion procure having served it purpore, me may now, a8 ‘sual deine a pertrintion velocity potential ¢ =e, and return tothe ‘ign coordinates. Thi gives th alloming formation of the tranone ‘all lturbntee sill peer HAW M04 Dede ton 82 ola,0u) = aril, cea sith th pressure oon onthe ait given by C= ~2ee, 0) can 1 should be noted that (12-19) deserts corey small perturbation ‘ub- and siperone flows, aswell, benuse then the sonia term te ‘comes neglgibe. "The nonlinearity inthe transi peed range ce to the problem since the equation must coretly acsoate for the mise ‘iteniowuperonie character of the flow. ‘The sgn of the enfieat of the ist ter determines, to first order, whether the local Mach number it ethan one (he sgn ib panive and the ow governed by an elipa erent ation) or greater than one (the sign i agatve and the Aiterential equation hyperbole), or axisymmetric flow we may prose in 8 similar way* to eck sree solutions ofthe forms Ca Tle taeA + een to) aren or the ince Sow snd 8 Uae + ile 0) + CO 9) + forthe outer fom, mhere (223) par 220) By sbetitating (12-28) nto the diferent equation for $e obtain, upon nigeting higheronder terms, Ua aro + hae + [era cow ‘Thi proces nguin lend 4 the eoice (12-11 fo ‘equation than treo = Ot eit ate nd the dierent 0% az) 5 Ths exc proedre for asinymete flow wa cst out in get de- ‘a hy Che wd ete 05)1 V sarbome eibs-surrbenaner!now | sends, 12 sith K, ven by (12-19) The iner ow, a in the enderbndy cae, Sn thie ine found to be governed by Late + th aan iN, B) ith the ttn sien = 3 Stor + oc = [Bir + ove}: cea ‘By applying te limit matching principle to the adil velocity component ve ind at, with te cole 4 (2-29) ‘he boundary condition fr the outer ow wil ead u ‘The perturbation vloity potential forthe cate of slender axisysn- ‘meri dy inthusof order +a compared to 7 forthe wo-dimecionl ‘ne. Sine the ditirbans are of (at leat an ode of agit ale {the asymmetric cae for given thickest rai, one woud expect the tru tranmnie region toe corepondnly anal tha in the fwo- 0 abd — othe mance tat 4 x (0) sppraache © content. The reduced aspet rato wil then be Gite and unl to Ky. ‘The matching prooeure now paral that forthe two- ‘Tmensiocal ow abd the che (12-17) fre give the boundary conden is y08) = 28 ey 1o be satis onthe wing projceton of reduced aepet ratio Ky = AMG + 1, 2) ‘Thus, the luton in hin ane depends on two trananle parameters Ky aod Ka. The previous car, for whch ie anes equvalenes rue bah, ‘aay Be conedered he ling enton when Kyo. -Anthe approach to seo ide the wotion defined by (12-1) and (12-41) tcomen, inthe limit, proportional Kyl Ky. The two-dimensional se deer by (1-12)-12-10, or (1-19)-(12-2), is obtainel a the Timi of| Kine. ‘The most jeer trnmnie small perturbation equation thus EMEA De bbe ith hanya nc hn ig efan08)= rll cawingpotin se (4 “Th rome i ih (22) fora hn ing a by 2 — ot (12-45) for sender configuration, oe ee 128 Similarity Rules “The fretonder terme in the serio expansion considered above provide similarity rales to rlate the flow around ine bode,” Taking feet the {o-dimensionl tae, we oe Tom (12-18) tat the reduced presmure oti cea ee aes must bea funtion of 2/e(¢ = chord) and the parameter es - et BOE x aaa only. This conclusion follows brea the solution must be independent cal (se Seton 1-4) and Ky isthe only parameter that enters the tundary valve problem defined by (12-12) and (1213). "The total da is obtain hy integrating the presse times the sil slop, whieh ade nm sla may tothe rel hat 24) mast be a funtion of Ky only. The aional factor of renters bremse {he slope is proportional to rf course, (2-48) holds only for the wave drag that inorder tous tt coment measurement the retin drag ‘must te mbleactad ou, Such an appieation fo bionveraifol dag ‘measurements by Mahl, Marcha, abd LaGall (105) sista a Fig, 12-5. As may be see, the dag cooficints forthe rarious airfoil tienes, when reduced tis was, fll eseatally on on singe curve, thas contrning th vallity of (1248), and heee the eal perturba qustons "Transnie similarity rule for two-dimensional fow were Set desived by von Kéemtn (1047) and Oneaith (1047), ‘These rules al neue the iting exe le form lender body of revoltin were formulate by Onwatitach sod Bernd (1950) Theres a addtonal dieu in thi cave sited srith the logs singularity atthe asi. Tt fllows trom the formule- {lon (12-28)-(12-) forthe outer Sow and te matching tothe inner ow * Tog at oti of sia sape, butted ferent inthe esto, ec ydeton, orth Th io ir eke aon nate oat Sette eaePor ee eee ees rey! Eder by ewdos Fe c=] |) == oS A a Time en] 5 oe oa 1G, «| ; | vie 15 Comin we dg emt rare Aa e Ee thy Get mae ety ow (8) (Adaid om Sorte ety {0 Aika Bis“chortcy of Nata! Aone and Spare Admini) given by (1228) tha, ear the body, = EP np + ne. (1249) The tone aremeter wat yan Ki ange ih” OFT aoe) ‘hut enters ata ont By sing (12-8) to elelate the pressure cet ‘et we find that, on the bad, cy = -20 [2 mbruvT FIR] + re + 4") 0-30 whee Flo) = R/T, B= [horteenleuv7ei] cae ‘in uvetion of Ky and 2/ only. An appliaton of (12-52) to onrelae the menmured pressures on two odin of diferent thicknes ration carsiad ‘out by Drougge i), rabown in Fig 12-8. As may be wea te corel ‘ion amet eve, exept atthe rearmost portions ofthe bodies where ‘oundary lager separation oscars om (1252) ene can els construct an exprsion forthe drag, a shown in he rial paper ty Onwattach and Bert (1850). They found that D pu mart be function 0 Ky only. + Lmormbarr om ‘io 12-46, oration of prmture menurerens on wo odin of eation ete rnoie oolaiy low (289). B= Op (/0)8 In + D WSS A cm Bruge, 188, Coury of Arousal Ree Iai of Sede) 1 na fiy straightforward mater to construct coresponding smi nity ral forconiguration of lo-tosmedertemspect rato. For wings Tits apctrtns one abana rms of Che same form for the two coulis eum, except tht now the raced quantities depend on the (eoond transi parameter y= Maar 4 ‘x wll son Ky. The rules fr throndinensional wings were derived by Bernt (1990) and by Speer (153). 12-4 Methods of Seaton Here we ssl make a short review of some ofthe methods that have tech oped ad sed for slving the transac nonlinear eall-stur- Teer Zletion ‘The only eas, fa, that hasbeen found amenable tom ‘BShctataty exact treatment i ie trodimensional, for which it i Tina to afore the nooner probles toa Tinear one by gig tothe Fogo plane. Let Baa tk, 9 = ey (258)ee ee ee 0 ‘maseonte eMALLOMETERRANCE Mow fons. 12 whore Xie given by (2-47). ‘The quatiie@ and represen (to fet Grd), with appropriate constants the components of the diferene twee thelr vast and the speed of wound. ‘Thu, onthe sone line n=, 2a) thw aking on any vale, and tak, o 20) tiny. We may then writ (12-12) with tho ai of the coniion of iotation- sity 0 allows a, + a cas = Be (2-88) ‘We tal now transform thie ystems tat and appear as the depend ‘ot waialen, For thir purpose we iatoduce a function 9, 2) such that v8 2) ” 2-00) 1 wl be shown sbeequently thatthe ratatianalityeontion (12-8) i thereby aitomatiealy nto. For from (12-50) sod (12-40) it follows tae eee = ree oo i D = denbex — Wee)? inthe fonetinal determinant Jacobian. eee arnons oF soueros 241 found by ws of (12-64) that =O. ‘hich cots (12-8, roweling nh manner we od hat ca coe 1 = van/D 2s aod = v/D. (2-68) lenge (12-57) transforms to thee + Yas = 0, 2a) which is known as Tricor equation after Trico (1828), who fist Tiwestigated its propeee Its sen tht th lar equation (12-0) precres the mived rabonicsupersni charctr of the original equation ‘ecaue i ie hyperbole for @ > O and api for © < 0. However, the linaration ofthe equation hss ot teen bought without considerable serie tothe simplicity in the application of the boundary conditions. {i fact, elution have a far en obtained nly for some very simple simple wedge ae formulated in Fig 12-7. ‘The cae of subonie fre ttecum for which Ky © Oi strate, In view of (12-84) tho pint = Ky, =O repreeat init inthe physical dow fe that, following ‘lo, 127, Th treo om sound A eoliing sng wedgete TT ruandowte sabourdhnance how! jon). 12 ‘he definitions (12-60) and (12-0), the derivatives of ¥ must be ont a thin, the polution must have ingly at (Ry, )- Phe form ‘fein may be determined trom the nearited sue elation, exp for AM = Thich requires special tenn. “The transonie wage saluton han been worked out for Mf lw than unity by Cole (1851) tnd by Yoshibars (195), for M~ 1 by Guderey 4nd Yoeibara (1950), and for AF > T by Vineet and Wagoner (1953), ‘The ret or the drag oefisient are plotiod in Fig 12-8 together with ‘experimental data obtained by Bryson (1982) and Lipman and Bryon (G8%0)."Av see, the wgreent is exellent. 1 T i, om a oe | | Magee, fox | he oe "| ze pt [ Fig. 1244 Theoret nd exrimental rei for the dig of ne-welee ‘tla Brg Sper an Alone, T9S8Csurey the Nal hese tle od ace Aaa) ‘The bodogrph method i not very uel for axisymmetie flow, since ‘he factor 1/p in the second term of (12-25) makes the equation il non Tina after innsformation to the bodograph plane. Beene of each "imitations, a eqnsderable fort has boon expended in fding method tht work diet in tho phyial plane. "The solutions developed mo fa ‘are all based on one oF ore approximations In the method fr twee imensional flow proposed by Oswatitec (150) and developed in deta by Gullsteand (151), the diferent equation i eweten a ‘aston ty the ald of Gren's theorem, and Ue nonlinear termi appro ‘ated ander the imple msumption that the value of a integral these sensitive to errors in the appronimations than ism derivative, Further “nrovements inthis method have been intoduesd by Sprites and Alkane (055. , we 1 seemote or action! Fags ‘An approxination of « radzlly diferent kind was suggeted by Or ‘tise and Keune (1955) for teting the flow on the forward portion Sabely area 1" Ts Se amen cata t we not temttetm es On) th sort oem at pct by 0+ Den = Nt aon thre the constant Ayia to be suitably ehowen. ‘The jstifntion of thin “proximation i thaton the forward portion ofthe body the ow i ound to be everywhere acdeating at aly constant rate Alo, the reeling dierent equation is prac, which Sntatvely in mtyng a at Intermediate type betwen the elite aod hyperbolic ones The constant yan chome arbitrary (tina way estat withthe sity ow) 0 as to give god sgrement withthe ineasured premeditation ‘one cae adit was propo to ue thie ass univenal ale in the nas, Pio 12-8. Pramre dtbatin om cone finder at = 1, From Seier, ‘od Alan, 198: Coury o Nana hesontce and Spee Ades)241 snusede mubicouretaance tow) jenel 12 Mander and Thommen. (1950) also used the approximation (12-71) fr flow with Mf slightly diferent from unity aod oggeted new, but all, abiteary, ule for determining ‘An intresting extovion of Onvatitah’s method, which removes the arbitrariness in slocting By has boon proseted by Spriter aod Alkane (050) In this the parabolic equetion resulting from the approximation (02-11) je ft waved seuming hy constant, and the value of = ve ‘elated onthe Body. Now (77 I) restored in place of Dy and onlin diferetial equation of Get odes obacnd for which oy te waive numeciely. As an example, the prewure distribution on 8 slender eobe-ylindr alte thi way shown in Fig. 129 tether With values obtained from the theory by Oswatioch and Keune (1055) ind meaured values. As en, the agreement wih the improved theory it ‘clent and conserably beter at with the eign one ‘Spreiter and Aane (1958) also employed this technique with cosies- sie sures Tor two-dimensional Now, nd for ows that have « Mach ‘number slightly diferent trom unity.” Tn the latter ease they replaced ‘he nonlinear rm (= 0 4 Dees wom Mn 79 ‘and proceeded sins to save the resulting line equation with Xeon tant Theroupo (12-72) wae reobstitutd into the answer, producing 1 nonlnesrfistoder differential equation for u = oy at before. They ‘re abe to show tha n he two-dmensonal sperma can, thie gave ‘av answer tht was ential to that given by sinple-wavethery by Ce 13 Unsteady Flow 13-1 Statement ofthe Preblen, Chapters & through 12 have dealt with sorofynanie Toadng due to nform fight of wings and bodies Obviously no ait wbile reine Indeftely bathed io steady Bow, but this idealization is justified onthe rst thatthe tine constants of unsteady motion are often very long fmpared tothe interval equited fr transients inthe fui to die down {or imperceptible levels There exist. important phenomena, however, ‘shore unatradines cannot be overlooked rapid maneavers, response 10 Nemophereturbuleee, and Butter are familias ietance. We therefore fd te bok with « short review of some sigieant rents on time Aependeat loading of wogs. ‘These example merely typify the extensive ewarch that at lately been devoted to unsteady fow they, both Tinarze and more exact. We hope that the rade wil beable to contract parla wih tady-state counterpart and thus prepare himself o read {he itertre on oclating nonplanar configurations, slender bode, ete Tat frotatinalty be asoued, under the limitations set forth in Se tioss I-1 and 17. The kinematin af the unsteady fare then fell Aierted by a veloty potential governed ty the diferent equation {C274 trom which the spect of sound is formaliyeiinated using (1-67). {(Welei 2 = O ber) Pressure distbutions und generale aerodymai {ores flow fro (1-64) faient enn io 18-1, A hn wing eecating small motions ral te een peil ae) FT oyeteaoe now , 1 leur 13 ‘low daturbancn in ufo stream hae as sve generated by a thin lifting surface (Fg. 15-1), whieh in performing ‘epi small dplacemanta ina Gietion generally forma a ry plane Poisson. Thus the wing might be vibrating eatealy, undergoing ud ‘bon rol oe pte arobatin ora encounter with gst tt might gve Hs tora sitution mathematially and physaly analogous to vibrations. With 2 and a8 ves fencUons of portion an time, me have wo i cally in Teuoning that the boundary conditions which eae the endpataie requirement of flow tangeacy at th eurlace (ef 5-5) read ‘ollow: le.n t= Bae nee + ay , ae a Bie nan + Bove nen 4S for (ey) on 8. There isthe smal noiiary coadition of vanishing die trbaneer t pont remote from the wing and ite wake, but fr compresle Aid this must be eefise t eomre that sch diatrtancen tere cutwartpropagsting waves The KatiaJoskomsky hyphae of one tinuous presure at auonie tailing edi tno applied, although we Should obvarve that recent eridenoe (Ransisen and. Abrameon 162) has cst some dubt on vali for ones of high-reuencycnilation. Provided that tere ae no timedependent variations of roe thik: an the upper aud lower staeeoorinaes ca be given by B= ale v0 = Oe + Me 9D) 9 sr ile v0 = ale 9) + aa, 0 ere i denote small parnneter nearing the maxim erm vise extension of the wing. ialding the space cep hy ‘natndy Aiupacemeat. Angle of attack « 51) ean be thought of ex eneampamed bythe stem; Band f are smooth functions atin eady motion Ue = and yedesivaives are everywhere of onder unity; the derivative of F vl be dnced below "cognsing that inthe int « +0 the wing cllpues to the sy-plane ‘and the perturbation vanishes, re shall sek the leading tert by the ‘method of matched arympotic expanions Lat the ier aod ote erie ewriten a eye 9 + 2 aaa Benand = Oa Uae + eet (3 Tale + AK(e 9.0 +o 038) where ras, 3 Poroa oy a a ag a) srermunst oF tue PROBL 7 in ur dvi. ‘The prec fui ra, which Slay tion a (70), han tay bes vende mre Grr aan 2) td (133) ‘When wer (193) into (9-0, anew quo rien ato th sine sf hf tana H/T rns may normaly be apesed {a conta orden of magia ae ine deters, Neat ‘hs ters that mas be eed nh (193 ar aed {178} we salad the mpi of he ae by ig tine and apace rate of thangs t be of sompunile magi For ‘rangle hin oe Imei of iar thy sal maton reese Keen = Reape an ‘The combination of (1-7) wit (18-2, followed by a nonimensonlian- tion of nd &throogh dvsion by Wand typical length reapectvely, prodice a term cntaning the factor A sagt 38) Here i known asthe rue frequency and or preset intention ie to specify that E = O(1). For the rich variety of further actions, even ‘itin the linearized framework, that elt from oer peccation® on the magnitudes off M, ee, we ete Tale 1, Chapter 1, of the book by Mies (1, ‘With the forging limitation on sie of tne derivatives, we find that the development of enal-pertaration unsteady Gow theory pall he sepa (6-0) through (6-31) quite ony. Than the condition that verted ‘elocity W must vassh as'e +O show, asin (12), tht, mun be Independent of ay Henne. 39 By combining (18-8) with (13-2), we coneude that is theft term to pseu & notaro boundary condition, ‘ 1a we ne © for(e.9) m8. 940) Bam AL Bebe we ron Tus station i commonly we in enaation with chai or dete ‘ato a ips tat the al (or agony) yr oth had de ‘tbe taken nde to eave the pial qnnty of intr Hee fe ‘Sips fanetn of poston ae allow for hase ste tec dscemente Salat pieey da wer wb be ‘The erential equation = cy require soltion liner in 2 thor Eten ann for # > Ju with a snilar form blow the lower surface, Ae in steady flow, the Tloites are teen to remain unchanged along vert Hoes ‘rogh te Ine Bland wl be ahow fev awn hat temtamita both 1 and prewure dey from the outer fd othe wing Tt isn ey matter to extract the nar terma from (I-74) and derive the order over diferent equation = arp, +a =o as) By mathng ih W dive os (8-2, we bandit fe ‘bing bunary condone enonn = Be be 1a Maeve, thingie etn, witht pots a he inner Iie “Tena depends of 07s and eet fom (8-14, ug that ina eallprtaini don wh tor net posed Sond nt Crs inte sel el pratt thes arto ef the fo at ‘terval snd stmt ine (3) orca 2 ro FS ace may event th pa f Rg fom G9) Ut 1 both antacid Snedpndent. Tis We dy mang hat elny acretd Sopa th te ihe aod Hag sos inf he sy fb that ots bss Bardeen oo ‘hesitate ‘vein sop pertain potent ven by = one (3.15) nd sting, togeter with proper eandiann at lnity, the following =P eu et one BE aoe ana the 316) os) ey 1 Pe pe yoow por pm yp for (2) on S. Coresponding to the preutedierence,» has dson- Uiuly through S. As we shal ee below, th Kutte-Joukoweky hypotheds ‘ko leads to unsteady discontinuities on the wake surface, which i ap Droximated bere by the part of the plane between the downsteas Wingtp extensions aly «reduction of (1-4) and matching, to order 6, af or shows at 2 pm te — ert oe) (318) ‘throughout the entre flow. (From Chapter 6, the reader wll be ale to ‘eaon that the smal-prsrbaton Berooul equation sain contain non Tins ters when ood in connection with unsteady motion of slender oie rather than ings) 1342 Two-Dimeasinal, Constant-Deasity Flow ‘The bed-tnown of the elaicl solitons for unteady loading i the one found amet snultaneouly by veo i author inthe mi 1580, for the ceiling Un aro at M7 = 0. Tn thi cae of early conetant density, a key distinction diappear between the steady and sted problema bcaie the dow must atiy a two-dimentional Lalas equation tebe =. (03-19) ‘Wemay soordinly rely quite heavily on the ret for a tediy iting ‘i from Sstion 5, partiesarlyon (588) and (5-72), whieh apply the needa inversion forthe osllatory integral quaton ‘wil smal tancooy enforcing Kuta’ condition a the taling edge ‘With the iting surface parading the zyrplae between x = Oand e ‘it can be assumed fom (8-17) that (0,0) is known over Unt ares ‘and given by (dimensiones) wile = ade for OSE Se (3-H ‘The perturbation Geld as g and anteymietric in, and allowance rust be made fr edieontinties Uough the syplae for > 0. Hence, (G3-19) and al eter conditions canbe salied Ly a vortex sheet similar to the ove desend by (5-58) but extended downstream by replacing {be aperin wth infty guts 1-17) and 0) we ts cece wide EF MDa, toe OSes se cea te ule, 04,9 — ue,0—-, 9 = 24,049. (19-29)rs 0 eereaar moe Torr oni, we ean negated eter gh uo = [[ru0 8 = 2 esen0hs0 és = 24,0440, osm ad noe that (0 the icatantane circulation bound to the il rom (1-18) andthe antaymmety of Cis we deduce that» (phy ‘ally imposible) discontinuity of prewure through the wake is wvoided nly 1 et yeas, (3-20) {ors > calonts = 0% Brunton (13-24 isa pari ferential expres son for e209, hich swlvd bjt to contin of wat he ellng ccesby Ha 049 = (0h t= Fa) (329 rom (13-28) and (12-25 ae derived the further lions forthe wae: m8 = — yh (ot ~ 2G) (oan Equation (13-27) has the obvious interpretation that wake vortex le rents re convected downstream approximately at the fight speed Us, ‘ter being shed as countervrtcs from the tring edge at rate equal ta the variation of bound erento, We next introdoe (1-27) ito (13-21) and we the sumption that a Jina, simple harmonic proven hasbeen ging o indetitey to replnce all dependent vibls with sinuoial counterparts and eae! the eom- ‘oon factor e* re9 ). (13-26) ete) HEF 00, com x (13-286) 71 denon s-vralen ae opted i (19-29, bad om reference lant =e ear Hm the remastinnd A= o/s il ai oe Paral ft probe 144 rwoouteman,commtmseeste nowt "21 Multying both sides of (6-78) by 2 and wing (6-86), we obtain an Inversion of (6-58), 1) = eis replaed by (dy — f) (13-29 a autabe alo for inverting (1-28), proved we ave expend fin tr of know gente. This al wd met ty mailing (13-28) by =7(e = 1) and tert with ‘ape tox long the ehord. The ioral os the fhe te scaly ‘raluaed for mt continous funetions y(). The two integrals pent ion the ih are banded a lows ae Lf FEF tantra, 1 [sc0 fF oe. ano ie cage fri = (201 ~ oe) cnet he ner tere into oe ofthe fail rere arising in lasers poltion for the iting ine, “ h (sap Where, © “Af Hands, = -18, osm neal eal ae Ef ettannn f ae Ss For the inner integral here, x5 > ean (5-79) and (6-80) val Natal} ow naif, ‘Theremit 03-38)Be ct yea 1s sen to be properly convergent Beeate the integrand vanishes a8 25). Te smo easly evlunted by dering f = @r/e) — 1 ta give f-Ee cas To (2 98 ve srr nh second may be identifed with certain infinite intagae ited ty Wate, (ani: a Hing the Hanke function ofthe wvond kind and onder n, 1 should ‘be noted that, fr rear of eonverent, Walon limita the inagnary ‘act of kin (8-37) tobe lean than seo. For sn in (18-98), the real ‘may be snlytialy continued to purely ral vans of , however, —— = Fare, ass entra) + arse) + a) asm) When 1, and Fear oubatitutd int Uh weighted integral of (13-28), weebtain te [VATE HT ae ae HAP OD + CH (Coeidentaly, the appenranoe of k= w/a argument in (15-9) and ‘elow explains the ein a /2 an the “nara” referene length fo ab ‘onie unsteady problems of this kind.) Retiring to (13-284, we ie (02-20) to expe formal solution analogous t (973) Ff soe S60 Fae, 340) ‘Through (13-3), (13-18), and (18-25) we are now able to work out the preamredistzbution, lif, moment, et. due to any motion of the aie. ‘There isa tome more ficient way of preening tne eutethax 2a appeared inthe iterate, however, atid we devote a few lines to deserbig Tet ur define an sui te= 3-30) ry fnetion, connected to a i Pv 109 [leteran = Ef $229 esyge,, can Be Maw esol ccacchere ted Das, ‘The at integral here, bong nproper, evaluated hy replacing the infinite Timi with averting onder, and ting =o, [ff tees Proms nl — tne alee 283 + [Medea —— (isa ang [teen cae) ‘Th limit has, ofcourse, bee gerd before the lat member of (18-42), sd za rephced by 2, as dummy variable. No principal vale ned be faker inthe integral de ing A, beeaze vanes atthe Tending edge 15217 leaving only an etgrale singly. ‘Than we obtain here _ «ay ‘The out step io comtrct te higee if Me e/g, ‘and to vote from (13-18), (18-22), and (19-23) that the dimensiones Dresture jump through the ai, pie in sense to produce upmad Teading. ses = acne = [aes easton aay breeds itesanter> eiouonane cepa “ oeBp pe An cary way of eliminating the content A from (1-48) tt note that aby and 2 approach one another tthe lading ge 2 0, ines (0) — 0, ‘Maliplying through by /@ to cancel the singularity, we may therefore cust the flowing tro limita From (13-48) id sg [ fatso] - - 4 ectstenltodae — 04, aay tod tom 8-40 aalyiste]=-$[ Hata ase ‘Conwequently, veers) ca oie Pe eS aif zt onan After replacing 2) through (1-28) and (13-3), we encounter the ast ‘ofthe tro integra elated in (1337) and are sitimatly Id to --1f 2 ae - Smaitiarwl are eh Fe twtenae, “ea (3-3) where cw 03-9) Pe +H {is known as Thédoren’s function. We finally une (19-52) to eliminate A from (13-48) and obtain 10) = AE [Revo en. 0-50 ete dey Su cop “ “yd Working from (13-54) at starting point ti no dificult to prove ach ‘sefel formulas as the following” The amplitude of the onilatory aan? fff Epatev en = [ eae Tase0 a ate (13-88) ‘The amplitude of nese-p pitching moment per unit span, taken about sn axis along the midehrd fin, ne emu Hers 3-56) ~ eth? ES astro te ‘More detail onthe application and interpretation ofthese reutewil be fourd in uch sources as Section 5-6 of Beplingho, Ashley, and Half- rman (1950). Teis shown there, for instance hat CC) may be regard {the agin development of bund ereltion die to the ndaenee of the ‘hed wake vortins, Socal "quasi-steady thoy,” which in one version ‘oresponds to ralecing this wake eect, ean be recovered By Setting Ct) = Tin 13-30-(180), 12-3 Aiets Oncating at Supersonic and Sone Speeds ‘The two-dimensional version of the problem (18-10)-(8-17) proves much more trsetable when Mf > I than for f = 0. One pstealary ‘ffsent approach begin by rcomisng that any point along the chord fan be affected only by onditionsupsteam, thatthe variable x has here fore the same uniietional character at dove tine in nearsyatom Arneson, and tat » = 0 for <0. Hence Laplace tnefomnation on 2 sera india By writing the perturbation pote ar ge, we ‘wodiy (13-10, (13-17), and OP = Nee ~ be a= a8 86,0) = 4), for 03-58)Cn ee 20 eereaor noe low 2 ‘We cbserve that the positon ofthe tring edge ix immaterial when el culating the How nen He sol surface and kt our sltion should not ‘lepend value f(s) at 2 > e. Thin means alo that Kutta’ oodi- tom eannet before at Known also to be tve (Chapter 8) in mandy ‘ow apd fo te wings with upersone trailing dg. Tet Laplce eaeformaton be apple, according tothe pial formula ‘The tanformad equivalents of (18-57) and (13-58) are "e,8) de (338) 30) (3-6) here na [ear 9+ (9-) [Agena snlaton to (15-80) ora aet a nem 3-8) 1 the brch ofthe sare root (13-02) i hone oto hep te el at of pone, we tost et A= Din the balfapace# > 07 to asere both the boundednew of dstrbances at great dtances and outward ropagtion, The mltonaatiing (1-61) must cherfore be seo = Hee, te 120k aan According {0 the convolution theorem, the physical: counterpart of (03-48) may bytes wane faseoe(Z]en ane ‘nbere 2°! ithe iver Lapse operator, and the elt ofthis inversion Isto be expreed ana function of (2 — =). AMter rar to table of {radon ne dre he folowing firemen (aM EEA) (en). |BE TB o(s)- focsy <2 Be 0 for > Be 13-46) Ey af Svoseush women he 4 cotrmemate rust! as Here B = VHT—T asin previous chapter, The potential from (19-65) snd (3-00), for 2 3 OF (s.6r9) For the lower haltspace, the anticymmetey of @ yi ae, 8) = 32,2 3-67) ‘Upon introducing diensoalam coordinate one ses that the “natural” reel lequeney for auperone flow is nme nah combination as (eer); ‘this quantity tends to become very larg as —* 1, recting the short ‘wavelength of some of the wave tine gonerated by en afl eilaing ‘at sotle speed, which wil be obmerrod even when the frojaney t= {quite low. For utewept ings, we may say ha! “ustedines” tends to ‘Be ata maximum inthe trator range, ‘More detail on the ealeulaion af syperoni premues fom (13-18) and on other sppiation wil be found in Chapter {of Bipinl, Ashley, ‘and Hanan (195), in Miles (1950), and in references ete thera ‘The essential nonlinearity of steady, two-dimensional trasanie Bow appears inthe ociltory cave hen Ee sutBinty large ‘The appro- Date Tner solution may be eotruttd by slving (19-57)-(19-88) for Ir = ina way directly parle! tothe above or by taking the int of (08-67) os M1 th carta intodetinn of the meympti formal for de of ange argument. Either procedure yi fore > Of eee = 1) [fous tarred te = a, naUIe=B) ‘ses ‘ofthis ret and the cieumstanous under which ite wali ae di. sed in Chapter and 2 of Lande (1961), and references to farther ‘pplication wil be found there. 134 India Motion ina Compessibe Fad In the analysis of Hoar ystems there exe « wel-koown duality bucween phesomens involving sinple harmonic response nd “adie ‘henomeni—situntions where input o boundary undegora 8 sudden ‘ep or impulive change. Fourier’ theorem eaabes problems of one {7p tobe treated in ern of solutions ofthe other, and thi equetly theCn | 8 nereape ow lems 13 vont wef avenue to follow in unsteady wing theory. There are eae, Howeves, when dvs attack on Ue india! rotion i fue "Re purialsly simple Indi problem, itu comalde the intl evelopment of fw nea he upper artace of wing (2, Fig. 7-1) when [itp change ecu in the arma velocity ofthe urtae- Such aspen: ‘ion ders that we cena the fundamental development of Sction 0-1 Eawtaly what we are saying i that in (1-3) given by Meera, ee Ga om he vies sco 0 com 20 dp W/o ie a onatant of order unity. Cleary, in the vst OF the Hine arg, therein now some Interval where eaten of ehange of flow properties re very large Tee wel to study this toe by detning as) ad replsing the nner wel (13-8) by oF Cale} lend 373) ‘Once again wear od to the copcaton that carson heft ini cant disturbance, but now it difleretial eqantin and upper-srface Toundary condition ae 378) for (0) 0&8. (18-78) os tions (19-73)-8 onl pion moving impubvely ito gas at rst, The solution reads Lanegan ‘and itis eniy shown tat the overpremure on the wing ura (or pion fact) ie no ncnnte asm 1 18 Poy aa emer onurnsioNat oserzarine WING 250 ‘Al of thee solutions are quite independent of fight Mach number 3 90 {ong asthe distarbancevloeea rain small compared with "Ate «short tine internal, the foregoing rls make a contiovous tration to elution deterined from (1916)-(2-17). Moreover, for USpe/Us, the india solution, wont nettle down to the stady-tate onl for wing at ange of attack (ex). This behavior ean be demon- trated ‘sing the metiod of matched asymptote expansion, but the ‘eta are much too somplicted to deserve eiabortion ere ‘Perbape the most intersting aspect of (19-75) and (13-76) is thir ener epliality, when AY s> Ty for any small uneteady motion. “At Fgh Mach mune, uid parties pa the wing surface 20 rapidly that til ofthe ditarbed Bud arte mrface renains bth nthe inne = and ‘eli; exept for large value of far behind tho trailing ege the outer field experonoe no daturbanee nal Hence the piston formula, (1-78), {els fr any ita the preenirediatbtin over the entre wing, & emul whieh tan also be extended into the noliearextge (Liehthil 19658). 15-5 Three-Dimeasional Oxciting Wings ‘The general planar wing problem, (13-16)-(18-17), has stimulated some imaginative research in applied mathematica. For M > 1, thee {re many aalyticl solitons appropriate to pareaar wing planform ‘apes, sich a rectangular or dla, and all details have been worked {rough for eantary mader of vimtion Ike plunging and pitching. ile (189) conan a compendium: af such superwone information, ts dows Landa (1061) forthe nity of T= 1. Inthe range < <1 {the enly avalible eae neared rele pertain to the Sweimensions] ‘iol, wheean in constant-densty uid complet and correct anys te been publised fora wing of eeu planorm. ‘Since the advent of hageaped computers numerical methods have een slaborted to cover very general wag geomet and arbitrary coo tinugue defeston shapen The approach for subwonie speed haa been throush euperpestion of scclertion-pteotildaables, elmivating In omplete iting suracethcarien which growrlive the seady-fow resus tt Seetion 7-4. The deiitive works are the of Watkins of af. (1085, 1980), "The infuens-ifcent methods mentioned in Chapters 8 and 11 have ‘proved adaptable to supeapae wings, although there ae sone details of ‘he treatment of singularities that have apparently en resolved oly tery recently. Nonplatar wings and ntererng systems represent ‘hte the is ely tobe chanind sacnmuly within a sort prod of time.References and Author Index ‘Te ners in backs show he page on which the referee apps Annort IH, vox Dosiwory A.B, sd Seem, L8, J (148), Semmry sf Net Dats ACA Report a 24. Alo uel ae Thay of Wing Seo, cotati ow Yor, 148. 4), ‘Arnon, HX, sr Ranatene and Anmuasos Asean, 1-102, "Latte oo Pg, le mit ever al Sea eccwindigent borogt merle” Z. Fugue. Marah XVI, 72-74, (eras ‘onus MLC ad Suan, W. BR. (105), "SledeBoy Thery—Relew snd Exton" J Aero. Bt 20, No? 8°98. (102, ‘hat, A Ye Sere and ALAR, Anatey, H, Wioxast 8 aed Lava M, 7, (1985 ung Stace Ther,” AAA dural 3 No. 8-16. Bi Anat, Hs al Bsruwoeor ean, BJ. (190), Seponni Charade of Patil Ring Wigs, PD. ‘Tos Depart of Aeronmaica and Aton, Mamas Iie Today. BOT) Beate, 8. Donate, FH and Thoom, EL (IM), The Efe of Camber xd Tato ing Prove Datos for Mask Nniersfom 2 te 78, Pars T nd TL, USAF Aeonautes! Sates Divison TDR 62-87. G0] Theat B,J, ar alo Gna Vota, apd Baoan ea. ‘nea J # Warn ao Bem emo, § (1040), The Compe! Menrreent and Fw Inept Plane tag of Law Spe nd Zr Ya, KTH ABO TN 6, Royel state of Tego, Solin. (122 Beso, 8.8 (DM), Sinardy Law for Transonie Flwabnt Wine of ‘inte Anpet Raj, KTH AERO TN y Royal Tettute of Tecadoey, Stosthcl 39) ‘enor, 8B, and Onte-Roonssaty, K, (190), Comparison Been Lift Diario of lee Del Wing nd Lew Spd and Zee os, RTH AERO "TN 1, yal ante of Tcl, Stok. Ter, 8. By ar ln Oseatinn and rao, Bers, A, ee Pano a ranonorr, RI, Astor, Hand Haury 1 (158), Aerdanty, Ades: Wate, Reading, Maven [258,87) Hogs, W507), "A Thor for Restanglar Wigaof Sal Ape! Rat, Je Aron ek 2-208 “em Dieson in ee a Beerecron, FP. (1962), “Slow Visous Motion Round « Cylinder in Simpl Shr lad Meck 12, 81-613. 62] ‘ows, FK, Deane, B 1 apd Nowuay,D.T (182), The Design and ata Mack Name B8 of Teo Lee-WaeDrap inp Wing Courts of Aigo tis 1.) and 2, Hand Corporation, Memorandum ROIS PR, aon Dereon, A. E,(195), On Experimental Inept of Prone Flaw Pa ‘eo Dimensional ee and Cita Section Using «ech Zea Tne Srna, NACA Report 104 (22) Drew, A. me ao Listas and Basan (Cones Dr Jones nl Cone (Cou 1. B91), "Drag of Fate Wedge at High Subnoie Sod,” J. Mah Phys. 3, Ro: 2, 7-8, 2) (Cot, 1D, and Masien, A F-198),Bsponton Peers and Silay Law for Troon Fon, Pott Side Baie ff Tacet, Cal Test Tes USAF OSR Techie ote 6-1. (See aio Z Anges Math Ply amr) 3] (Cos, J.D, aio Laormeraon and Cott (Cons, C.D, dn (1962), The Thr of adie Lift nd Minimum Induced Drag of Nonplanar Lifting Stems, NAGA Techical Repet B19. [20] CCensenons, Hd and Wooteow, D. 8. (1059), Delmon ee Pair Anal of Gena! Planer Tings Uiing Unsteady A Parc fo the Kern Pincion Pracdure, Pocmdings of the Natoma! Spee Meeting ot mami snd Avett, Ft Word Din, alte ofthe Arnal Seoo ). Brovoon, © (88), Espen netiation of he Inerfinecs teen eae of Beaton af Tramoni Speke with Sper Reform to te Soe (in Suprise, herauatod Reece iets of eden, Ropar 105,10, 238,239) ‘sox, J we Paves al Danovy, Pie Beane a ulin M Cn a Hats, bs (14), Preinnary Pe f Superane ‘Shera of Pang’ end Ser Back Wingy NACA Re & 3 2817. 5) "Emory, A (106), "Expanson Procedure fr Stop Perturbations.” At Acca $2 Pra Cae So Fiat NL 8, 681-0712 ‘ran, BF (158), NemerlInerston Meta for Superane ing ‘Steady end Onan, Univer of Test, Tite of Seep, Report 38. (2 ‘Een, BB, aod Wooowano, PA. 1051), Lt Distiaton om Supenone Wiegn sith Seo Leating Ee and Airy Al of Ata Ditton Procdigs af the Seed Conaian Shap on Seofnamiy, UniversCn ee | ot Torna es J A, 86.38 No, -94 G85, Red Roem iat ran, JC 9, Ue of Soe Dit Bin Te sce gf Fink Wap Sopot Spy RAR hope 9 deetera ‘anyon VM. (00, TS itn Plane Pram ere sete Phy Bah ARC, REN ION Taman, Fh, Unraleg ton nmin Thi sa Ln Parse sm Pene Winl M Tah Avni 8 Gor La nd Cnt arc 10) Fam. (5, "ntti Prey” Son of eran conn sa Hh Sd, Ve Ve rane Sr Hck Se eafei nd fe Dpec AF Donon td Lae itn’ Paaen Ua er Pe om, od ota A Go), Arp en th et etd nt High Spe ed Gea WACK TH 96. Poy Cant, ToS, “Foe rein ig Syn apni "hoo, 824.7134, ‘cyan Ho, 3 WG), Fatt of Sep Spe cot Tao Pm oon str 9 9" Sor Au of Boe ‘a se ah NCR a ABC a tm 0.198), Spe op lat Dai, 5-180. New va tae rst KO), Spc Tor nA, New YoU 6 annem, 1B), “Nesey” Wing Creer” Secon Fo Acetic Compo of Sano Bh Spee VI 8 Ptn Scag Shad henna Be Popa, he F. Doran sed HCW tnt ena, Peet nnn sw sn Tweed Gace Sa, F. 62) Sore snam etre need fr el dere! Con a 018. 19) enue. "Ae symm sci ia dence teen pe ‘Ean 2 0) ‘eave 00,4 Thay of Thi Af, Bi ABC RAD 5a Gat fhe Boel hoa tee iy, wea SS” cle Ua Prey Rew Yn oe, a8 7, 0, “Longe, (190), Fhe wd ron Seomegr bhon Una scncipn eal Gotcha er tsteetonhang ere {Sintra van, 200 tte, Nrnen, 68a Oo, RN. (OE), A Senate ena oa Bats Sp Perma SNCRTSD Sap Celt Soon NAC Reet A portance lle ot de atime Cons. * Porro obo pono [REFERENCES AND AUTHOR INDE 23 Guana, EW. (8, Phe Cleat of Mini Soper: Dray by Sotto oe Bsn han Doeo Pal Pale, Dag Nea Repos, 2, 65,2 ‘Gina, EW, Laotamo, PA, owes RM, and Beare, BJ (0850), 4 Thana retin of te Dry of Cord ish Co ‘rors Supers Foe, NACATM 10 (0, “Govtuay, KG. (1957), Thre lta Strmangn, Syringe Vea, Bera Citing Haherg Am pahahed in Empat one, ‘ry of rom Foe, Poeenaa Pe, avon 16 (10 2 Groans KG an Youmans, H (1), “Th Fo over 4 Wedge Priest ach Number "om Ba i Ne M1881, ous, 715), The Pw er Spr afl i Inte tne ler Pon Rep Hay aut Tee Sel: RTH ono a0 a hace, WG), Cochuyoren inn Weide, Lilet cosy et io 50 Sa asa ae Dironoore a Tgben KC. and Kusmeen 0 195), Sedo Phy end te Are ae Frome Spe SAC Rage 5 10 Mason K Cy od Rewhenuny CI), On Be Bin of ‘ett Hag Wms ee Dog, HAA Reyer TT ans [Bye Bu od ae, Tre, W,D, 04, Liner Sep Flow, Neth Asian Aviation, apt No. A 20, bs Angee, alo i 8B 8, 3) arty W. Dy aed Paosren, F190, ype Poe Theory, Acai Po, enka Lan ft Taras Ws Topsoy nd Flu hn, tb pbc, 243 Hasty, Mo Avs Lo ad ea Housunay, O15), Compartn of Ther ad spre Zee 14h trai Carre of Wy Comics Ne Syed of Sad SACK RAC ASH Te oun, , (10, am Eewrnel ection of Reaction in Tron Do ie ty ify atone he Psa of Wap Tat Conigurion ed Compan wit Thy, MACK HOE sot fi) Tow, Cf, ad Metsxrnn, A. (980, eign af 3 ant o0 30180 ef le gy Contin Se Dc Sok Diamond, Dee, al drow Plen Forms, NASA TM KOT (228) Te 8.1 (0), Swe Ree opment the Pte ip of be Anns Rai Wg rvs of Natal SpecaeNelogot Dron Tatty, Pe Wort Ds state ote aut Seen" se, Pea fret sd He ony He ue Bain of mal Prem Pree Spi satan AEs ea aHoro eoronod 208 REVERENCE AND AUTHOR DOE Mas, 3 8. G0, Pat Phy of Uy Sep Pi Ce ‘els i, nd 29, MiucToaren, le M98), Thera Fpbdrami, ot tn, awn, Nee TL 8, tt, oh Memory, (8), Th aon of LR Din of Af, i Mey tea dct HF tn 208 oe Ea {Snes 8 804) 1 39) Moser, H GOD, "or Amami de Papen” ia book yt 50 haa hea oe Fah” NAC ‘rom Momoyr (9), Med fo Clg BT Din f Wig sien ling Sr Theo) Bs ARE Bl Mown MM (120, The Aowamie Fo m Aap Hal, NACA a owe, MMC, “The Reel Tr of Lied Spon Ail sonny ap Ps ae OIE GT Senerunrn 3. (98), Spl Ine inn wd iin, geil ad ste ean ee st evn, J Pn rman AA (980), hay of Ai Ste Sees Pie el Foot ‘sip tap, at Coages Mo, Trane 08 Naruw, 39, amine Regn or Unpng nin oa Ment te Ws Batten, Ba Pr ‘eee, Ea Guna EW. Rowan TD, we Brows Chane, RN Gna Wea One Rtcamie,K, Beton ad Oc ROC nwa IM, A New Late of Sint fr Pref Yall he oun Rp, oy hi a Yn) (never K-16), iGreen bien Dea ein onan Pan, Mah Mc BK 3s. nwa san rar $810), Adame iar A ei Tate Pow weed Simro RHE REND TH 8, Raa i of Facog, Sect BO) Onward Krom F959), “in Kuma itn sults ser Synnele i Sona Smeg 2 Fete esol, io 200 nme snd KrF (88), le Pl en ai eatin tht Hoar Pe Gog ea Pape ne Dre BC, Jee 9-0 HE. Be) | erences Ax AUEHON INDEX ot Pace YA (198), Feprinedl Study ofthe Broce of Tomei Fo sou Sint Cone Cynon or over nd Elie Cr Sesion, NACA TS ‘253. pay Povey, 8 Doone, J, and Nevnnoen, J. (1855), “Atudymanie Pater Devries fra Fens Wig with Sperone 4 Sabon ae" ere. ‘Sa3B No 16,6870, [170,20 Proven, RM, (1898), Colle end Mearred Pr Diritions ve he Miapan Secon of ha NACA HIE Af, NACA Teor 9. [595 ‘Pari ey Wiearunenoes C. and Bera, A (0), Ergin der er yeamacen Verna eu Gangn, 1 Lieran,R- Oldetbourg, Moen a Bein (1) Prone, R. Bt Hares nd Prone. Peguers AB (148), "Superenie Ware Drag of Thin Ail J Am set 1 Ne 9, 7 58 Thaweorera, G Ey JM, and Avnanaon, HN. (10D, Bsperinetal Der nisin af esa ih and Moen! Distribution on Fully. Submerged Flt if Southwest Remar Insitute, Report No, Castes No, Neer0s00) Ba) ‘Rus, EO), Nae om th Try of Zing Surfs, Pros, No. Ae 5408 38, No 4, 208-218. [4,148 108) Theva, ae Hansen and Resa Tieaeia, F198), Aare Sutin, Hapsh tannin by D. Randal Duttrwort, London. (2 Rowro,A aw Laren and Rose, eran Ho ve Wao ea. ‘Sana A Hw Soneren aad aces. ‘nora, LM, we Kursavorr ao ‘Saomonns GH (1963), ferdynamie Chracrinin of ing Ground ‘Prorimiy, N.S Then, Departnent of Aeronauie nnd Astoetey, Nae (SCRSDE nei of Teese. (1, 218) ‘ucirmo, H (190), Boenary Layer They, fourth efi, McGraw a, New York. (6, 11,77, 7 80) ‘ann, WR (147, No 6-8. (5, ‘Seas, WR ao Assen and Beans Snarrno, A. i (1950), The Dyna ond Thermodynamics of Compreile ‘ltd Flow tad Hs, Ronald rea, Now York. 018) ‘Sutra JH Boe Mavouen and Sor, reset, DA (960), Preditin of he Characesiicof Two-Dimeoanal Aik J de Set 21 77387. (9) Sratinn, J. (080, The Aerdyemie Pores on Seer Plane end Cranfrm ing end Bady Cobian, NACA Report 62.111 Sracven JR. (ISD), Ont Application of Trantns Sirary Rule o ‘Wing Pot Span, HACA Rept 153 [0] 4 Minimum Drag” Qu. Ap athSeam, JR wd Aun A. (190), Tatil Prin of Promee pith Nn toa oh Boo Set SAC ea Sat Re abd Augen, AY (199, Tha Af hay Bao Appaina Sano he Fanos Pw Peto, NAC Rear 380 ia Snr Rs nd Laat, AY. (9), dd Th Appoints Sto of the Pron lw Batis SAGA Tes Ep Senet Shen A A, TR Up of te Tg tox Ghat ant Er onthe Dowowash Behind Wp ew, Se oh ty 5960, Caan of Aryan Frito Tu aig Fine Wing at ae Spee oc eon, SAAD TN 5 Seen 9) Scewunr, A (0), "The il of the Data Wing a Supe Spent” oer hp ek M3, 624. (a Sree [8 we Ano anon) Thay of Wing Seti Abs Shap, NACA. aor 555 8,2 “rowonsn, 8), Gat Thy of Ary iy ond the alniomofFse, NAGA Rope 154) Tanononsy, Ty no Gaanon, LE 0B, dear Pal Mary of Arbinay Wing Sti, NACA Tat 5 [i ce Um Matoeh sd Troe enaren, Bed (90), Themprie Aemdomi, On Ui. 0) “Taro EL se Bean ao ‘Tivo Le Fee a ‘Teer, von Kina an Tater ‘hteou, F402), "Saloon! near ae deat paral odie tipo mit,” oa. Nas Line, Se Qin So Put Mat Nat XV, sear guys" Uae, and Wats GN, (1080), "On Some Genel Trea in the nea Teary of Composible Pow,” Quart J Mec. App Hath 3 Para mosis (2) Vaoney, F(R), "Zar thorichin Bebesding des genre Pnfes Yoo TragSpol und Rump.” Laebtorck 14738808) Var Dra, MD. (180), Send Order Sabon sll Thay Icing Bigs Bets, NACA Regt 124. 7] Vas: Dre, M.D (1065, Ling-Line Tory at Sinan Peterbation ‘Pron, Stanloed Unive Report SUDAER No, 166. [t ‘Vax Dens, M.D. (18), Perrin Matai Fleid Mecha, Aen Pre New York. 2, 6, 0, 85 05) 0 1 nrhenesced ano achuon odex 1 Vas, ‘aneram, WF. Gy and Wasson CB (15, Tanne Fl Pat 9 Wale Profi with Dace Bow Wane, ACA Report 1005 2] “Wace, we Lavoe and Wart ‘Waconen ©. se Vincent and W008 ano, . (190), "SspenaieFlow Pat Sender Pit Bi,” Quart are Mat 2 Pat 1, 1-07. 108,18) ‘Wano, GX. 1850), On he Minimum Dray of Tin Lifting Bodice in Steny supe Foe, Beth ARC. Rep 18,78, FMS. [83 ‘Wana, G, Nt lo Unast and Wax. ot Dem (15), One Reve Pec of he saga Bato eating Lif ond Danna Dsatin of Onting Wing Se Sipe Fos, NACA Report 127. (20) 1 Rewray HL and Wootaow,D. 8. (105), the Ken Unig Baton Rating Be Lif nd Doemsesh Disirstion (of Dstang Pia Wing in Scare Flo, NACA Rept 124. (18,299 Warsonn, ©. Ry Rovram, HL nd Wootarox, D. 8. (189), Sytmatie Kemal Futon Protea or Dtrminisg lard Fer ov Oscltng Suny nie ght Soo Spel, NASA Teena! pert NS. {og 16011, 218,20) ‘Wars, GN. (18), A Trai om the Thy of Bed uration, cond ten, The Memian Company, London. (2) ‘Watson, 194), Th aft Diserin of Sey Back Wingy, NACA TM, nim Us! ‘Warreowe, RT. (1950), Sty of he Zerit rap ie Characteristics sf Wing Bndy Coninations New the Spd of Sound, NACA Bere 213 th, Wants 8 ne Asn a Wiestssenory, C. we Prsore Wooteron, D. Avr Wars ol ‘Yona, W195), On te Foe Ore Fine Wedp nthe Ler Trani Aejon, USAP Vieght Arona! Development Center TR. 36-28 [2] ‘Yoram se ale Gepetey sod Yowmans Zaxcanan, ©. aad Hao, PT. (199), Phra! Sti o he Pein ‘f Undeaty pcre lois Bate Wings, Past Petipa oe Use of Oust Suprise Ince Cone, USAF Wht Aeronuitial Devbpment Center, TH. 6-07 (Cone Te Ueda). ino, 22,23, aaran, G. (106), Thora Std om the Prditon of Ute Supe tad lose ng, Parle for pation of Oia Sepeone erlpnoneInforce Coots, USA Wht” Arosa! Development Cente, ER. S607. B25) Zoe, Ye Le (196), "Wigs of Minimum Drag” Pik Mak. Mebhan sean 23°20 es),sees} List of Symbols Major Notation for General Use Spied of usd 1 ht pare aesraton inp wih of late Be v=) Bana =o Cote at Sipe parseter auaton dering the surface of nog a tay (Chord enh of wi; ra feet de Drag coast Cute L/tecU29), Litesetiiest Of pea) Promresoniiest D rae or strenewise orc experience by wig or by Acris ts to pity ev sae Healt) Mow t/a) a. Trwpcy ont Ut veto in tine fn eapestialy "efrene ath beta ow only chor eth or other steam dimension); peri sp el fonstantentfying single point ol Jockowny- ata ranformatin [orf normal ght retin plane of a= ‘ney, expriened by min Boy Fight Mach mute Maite of @ Unit ete ntl uae ani stad outward trom ve Y toned by ce 3) Testis © qual of he seme oer or amir than) Sate pour in uid Mae Some wsty™ (4 — i) te Diturtance velety wstor of fd pater (= bite ‘Toll vlc vector of id prices (mesial) Feation vector ote ey sree example re he aed Roundy if some, the pleted ean vr «wig, {he rmertonl ten fs dender by ron “ust oF srupous Y J Van ‘Time cordate (mensional) ‘Atos tempest, iti energy ttl fore fee there eter at 8 acne Teadiag Sifszempomente ome dimensiones dein sa cD Epvecmmoentof Q(imesson) nh ped or entre oped Dirac vlc competent norma to «sae (ade dmesol by divin th ‘homeo lye ortnn od Rectangular Ctedan soofinaes with parte to {resi (ster dinensoal or ade dimes tevin eh) Angle tack of int eeene ade Prandtl laser paraeter Fata of sei haa of ei; dimes panwine Selon component, jr sit chordie distance, (Greltionbrund osc or wing (dimensional) rete fom some enter Small peranter asamp epi proce (Garou phy! messing) eonfermal gut dato ‘lon in hrodonen proceare eat ofl ‘Sl sper erfaesroanding Sl pit Ssmmation sigs forming he outer boundary of ‘i mae Darina wlity potenti (mensions of gt, Gr made dimesilos ty vison with 2 tae) ‘Tal welety pote complex potential fenetin ef tonnac-daty fom prtaratoa (Q = V8). ‘Datrtnae stam funeton ‘Toil stent fenton; alan potential (Gro eqeny of ne hermosa ona ‘este diferetal cent of are Suita or materi erieasve denier ambient roe of the wien sen eats groertn of “nme” sltion In eatod ‘nathedmepmptot expat mth oon (nett) in sre frie sltion Tents roperies of “outer” ution a tbo of fetched appt exansons ‘thie tent of) ar for outer sltonABC POR eile a oy me Fe) 7 a(t) Rae vali Rel) me) ee ‘Specialized Notation Cmte omnia infra adorn ie Conta teonsicl Sh ce pave a ‘Schwara-Chritofel transformation ns Pace inn se sede a sales dato Ine dict tt moving rou aid St cst pom eye Coon cost i Thederen sr body Com i eh the wc Nad and ‘Shure seth (imensone), Functions dri the te of wper and lower a ‘econ ba oe pe wi ra ote fore veto Components ofc eperened bys tw-ensoan woe Function of x ering in slender oy theory [no 9 Normale emithchne eatin of Ino Fy), Hr 9) Normalized eamtr ditton Sing ti [eel anes fit uric integral equation Lig senet (inne | Parmeter ering wobec (= < 1) oF sapere (o> 1) earcter of wing ein Teper eating terms in spanets and. chordie sere respectirely, ding stele dts ‘Nuns identifying center of “cing” and “sed Parte elle Lom by (39) Rowalant momest vector Mont stot ais though on exeiencel by & Awedinensenl poe Distance rom undery point old pi Pot rordanee eos nate eal part of complex number dis of oy of evsuton TR Sypris teteen pointe in supe Bow ee ee ' § er on wrunous mm 1 Spee envoy 4 Biers eee ste) Semiman a dere ston 084 le fet te) Lina velco ig ne "0; iP Apaie fenton of fin oie ow theory suck tht Be ee, ating the Pelt cmpnent ‘elatyromponrts in pr oodles (dimension) ‘ost componcatsin & ase Arolame inform Suis fr evar and pa eget Caples patent uct fr twediensnal flow ‘Complex variable ny ple Compe variable, lane (Cortnte denen ion of ean wae of no a ibe in, yi Terr as ete sides of pln in Ses Chto! transtormatias [Ange of stack, menue rom aie st which = 0 ane be tasformed inte wees Meyte Tere, mi Zesty Compe varie ie ppl plane Fe 0% Q) let wort vector "F Trnfooned ene! ow variates Dimeoonier chore and panmie vaiaes ee ‘ning zy a alone win hry ‘ectr of anlar momento oid mas Laine seep elo ing 1» Dynan ceticent of wiensty i a/p) Kivematie vette sty "dale! ena ‘nel srl for ina momentam fig o eau : ‘pus component fy fa) + Senin or thckoe rao of allot Drees coon we in Thadane’+ po ‘dare Say rat ected ie td Die Dated) * Xie e+ foe ken} aul notion, eect of «tush ia ‘esr herdynamie nen cont or stant potenti “Fi} Ange between pans and mean suave af moana [Tele vec of ii i rio tint eo "2 Pott st comeratio oy foe fl (F =F)mh EV dt FoR PPP a ob bbb a (-9n Tentin tae of snr by (on 614 Prope oe rear) Bow and ned fw brated fom iby opeaton Sha inde reversing {be teeta dinrton Index 6-995, Attinted with lower nd per ces repel, ait or ing c ‘Asodted with leating ad walog ay, reapectvey, twine Accent potenti, 1, 180,211 Tans» nogtana iting surace ‘abate at, 2 Dummy varie of Intptin, repling he ame Aeron enter, 3 ing combination 98 11-113, ity withers ‘eran intone ein "7 118, 1212, 1180 . (atc), 20,225 owen 136, 40 250 ‘fie tee 257 Boanday ger, 11-90 [AIC we Seroynami inane lplaceen hse, 78 ‘catia et 73 : Aiding, 255. fepaton, rod 17, 7,72 thin ther, 8 7,150 ‘mat pte. trode, Ht "Wek aria, 5,71 tAlenbers prado, 300,129 thik of uae 21 ‘Angle impale 18 trate ro mia to ‘pls moment 32 ‘orblet72 ‘re opera 18 188 Aerobed ing, 121 Comber, amount of 8,17 Agro expansion; se Matched fect 8 mpd expanses low du to, 86 snatching icp, 90 ee 51 sera carter prot, 81 ‘Caching vu inter, 12,130 Bartel 310,17 Cavey eons 48,14, Baro qantion 18 1, 24,78, "85 16,79,20 : i at sumer, Bone 21,2, ate, ound 198, 10,250 Blas cquton, «2 rer epee moving. 37 * sats 778 Combine ow Si 18°207 ey ai (Comps petra vin, 0, ‘cent, 10, 183 Compe peti 121 ‘Saoealnce rl for gor slnder Compa stn 60,190 ‘dy, 109,118 (Compre Sow 26 8 sintig, 22 Compre asta fo ming, ptimum he, 79 a treatin, 9-107, 18,122,198 Cantermal teatro, 59 i Sere Hanc, 180,18, 185,26 Cail Bm, 16,1yo4roo4 a ‘nome mn 1,18 1 amen, 23 Conservative boty Tre fl 3 Contant Bow 886,60, 81, 127,12 ivi 21 eruraton equation, 25, ‘contin eat, ‘Coe theaes 10 Gomaton 118 (Copa the ring eg, £2, 85, Dela wing eng, 18, 225 ‘ipesrie ow rund 186, 162-170 Diese tik, 78 Disenare thorm, Ga, 48 "223. Bovey 2 38 30,4, 87 21 Stayton ged 13-207 eo it 17518 108 in forward and revere Bow, 195 vet thane 129, 8 Te oven and revere ow, 198 ues ition 173 ge oma 12 185 indice 125,18, 00 ening od 2 sda ning 10,28 a eal source ditt, 176 8 18,186 107 of eral oe tt, isi of dander bie in sapere tow, tise roar 8 Sorte 17519, 108 Seve 13, 13-18, 180-101 ‘ion, 190 au rey ution, 2 Tenet be, 2 2,196,178, Baths, 215 Bator 2 ‘eto sini, 8 Beep, Mac, 34,208 ce rl fr pre dag, foralender boty, 10 ail, body of ol, 10, 18, 163,18 sing 18. ‘ivan Kruaheihvs meth, 1597, 1082171 sparsion, in smal parameter, 2 Fite, 05 Fre wir arfae efor, 218 ‘ronal aren cement 188 ‘Froude number, 18 (othr: Prandt-Gla am 128, 200 (Gree thor 22,2824 168,116, (Ground of, 216 Hays dag formula 181-184, 162, 108 Hatnnote here 7,10. owen vrts 7, 18,188, 10, Eo drole eye 7 ea i, 7 Iimpulire premre 24 Independence of seal, 5 Indl etn, 257 Indeed, engl tan, 100 a i a fer and stor, expansion mtd 2 unary, 33,34 205 randy condo, 2, 68,75 xpasion, 6, 68, 70, i ow, 88 98,281, 295, 84,138 130 reo, 78 83,8, 98, 189, 208 01 107, 140,28 eel cnseraton treme, 2 Tatrtrence, 128, 10,20, 308-28, Traationa ow, 1, 8,78. ostomy, siti, $4 Tenormin; Joakowsky- "Kota trandoraton Joutonsky- Kutt astraton, Kaplu-Lagsiom ecu, 2 ‘okra, oe 18,18, 52 “ee antroaton, 82 Katingan, 15 ipl 35,3, 96,40, 44,57 there, 8,108 int ener, 25, 25, 90, 8,18, ‘ictal cee, 3 ee 8 8 8, Lagrange gating, 31, 52,38, 36 ria Sm poi 73 aang ge eparatin 113 1 310 15, 13,142, 145, count 9,12, 23,15, 168 ve spe, 126 162 nee boy, 20-128 Luin element, 15, 188, 19,185, ‘ss, 20. ine thee 87, 14,148, 150 este, 85,01, 94, 85 139, 11 race, 18 opine, 720 wid combat, 12 init matching rn, 7, 76 8¢ ‘sone, Matching ube sue debi 75-178, 12 18,196,107 are pet at, wig, "rey combat, 2 Mach eneope, 204, 208 Mate sympa exons, 7 8 08,7, 250 Matching cater abd ne ston, ‘6, 70,71, 36 77,79, 9, 153, 84 86,8810, 1, 124 130 16,22, 236,20 ‘oa, eto, 3 trees $2 82 Moment erty Maly raneted Be, 2, Navier takes equations 45, 78 Neumann problem, 21 [Nenecltry tow, 42 ‘onlin boi 0 Praten, 2 enlarconfarations, 245 Ting tee, 208 ‘Numeral integration heme, 170 octal 28 give en Karman, 180,10, 22 (Otter toundey 31 33,34 sti, 6,70, 88 12,15, 201 Tim 8 eon, 5,78 Slt, 4, 68 67,76, 84,107 ‘aie, 0 vei Raskie, 0 thing moment, 112,122, 13, 1,0 Postar,1 8 ore Pera aes, 28, 52,35 Pott eset 119,211 "elo, 10 i 1B 1a 13 143, 186 12 1 hyalina of vlety pote 34 rand toudary ayer eqstion, 7, “70 Slat le 6126 128 seth, 137 ober Present, 17,82 85,5, 8,067, 10), 102,28, 12, se tendy they, 255 Rankin Mugs condos, 82 Raskie ovis #0 Respro hsten, 24,25. Restle eer, 38 ‘ato, iter, Reson o aronmie turbulence, Reynan mumbo, 6,6, 71, 72,73 cnn there | ig ld moving it id, 22-85, ollng mort, 95 Rosato thee-dienioa ow, 1 ‘rodimrioeal om, 10 Sohear-Chioel transformation, 7 Seatac bay, 1 18,18, 208 Siti, 7 Separated Sow 72112 Beart, aaa, Tein edge, 13, Shee ayer 7,73 Bokeware andar ye Se oe meni 1, ‘Sims rainy, 124,125 ‘Sim rl for ame fow, Simp pnfar, 196 Sina, pertain probing, rin anomaton, Bt Sten, sender by ther 823 ‘gener ape, 107-110 evan 1 8-107, 78-181 Sound lot, 1 2, 2 Sours, 87, 8 188, 108,28, ‘hon 120 ston, 8, 175. Sphere moving. 38 Sate, oquatiny of 2 Sikes here on tain 4,7, 10, Seem feet, 74 121 tab, 7,200 Sethi 8 088,18, 1 Sutera Mash ute 127 Sons ow 1, 10,134 ‘eading aod align, 158 Substantial tie dea, ‘Sperone bw, 8, 102, 15,173 Sepenosl lading nd ati les, 15 158 ‘Tolan, ation, 24 ‘reed 8 8 ‘cena 15 ‘Thicknes,dintribution, 128, 201,202 rg 129 ‘Thin ito ineomprenible ow, 88 In cupercie Bom 87 hoy 8805, 160 | ‘Tinoing her, 8-86, 150-172 “Topology f ow ees, “rarone ee ley 18 ‘Sou atrbace fw, 27-266 ‘Theapiae trastormaton, 168 07,170 “Trendy ger, 71 ‘sg. 73. tke 2 -roonensona ia, 126 “ow 46, 0,82 otal, 210 asta lw, 81, 265280 ‘ostandnaty, 28-9, 110 venti 50 ‘etcitypertrbation poten 86 ot 108,11, 134,190,185, 153 ot 12, 175,288 Vocoity ee 7,75 woe ny ico blyer, 12 ‘Yous cements 196 drag, 119,185 178 Sament 57 arene 87,148, 18,19, 206, ‘one 152 18,188 ple ‘tenet 250 itera 78,9 ery iene of 45 Wats, 45,190 ‘Wave dag 11, 179-178, 80-101, ‘Wing atomic 125 "Boy comBiatin, 06, 110102, 125 ‘ta er Det {Denbrie Som 134-82 {a aproie for, 159-71 ew pet at, 0 128 14-447 cling, 15-290, Stile paforn, 198 ‘hin 818 Wren